mirror of
https://github.com/Luzifer/share.git
synced 2024-12-25 13:01:18 +00:00
28568 lines
1 MiB
28568 lines
1 MiB
// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT.
|
|
|
|
package rds
|
|
|
|
import (
|
|
"fmt"
|
|
"time"
|
|
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const opAddRoleToDBCluster = "AddRoleToDBCluster"
|
|
|
|
// AddRoleToDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AddRoleToDBCluster operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AddRoleToDBCluster for more information on using the AddRoleToDBCluster
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AddRoleToDBClusterRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AddRoleToDBClusterRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddRoleToDBCluster
|
|
func (c *RDS) AddRoleToDBClusterRequest(input *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddRoleToDBClusterOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAddRoleToDBCluster,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AddRoleToDBClusterInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &AddRoleToDBClusterOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AddRoleToDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Associates an Identity and Access Management (IAM) role from an Aurora DB
|
|
// cluster. For more information, see Authorizing Amazon Aurora to Access Other
|
|
// AWS Services On Your Behalf (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Authorizing.AWSServices.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation AddRoleToDBCluster for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterRoleAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterRoleAlreadyExists"
|
|
// The specified IAM role Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is already associated with
|
|
// the specified DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
|
|
// The DB cluster is not in a valid state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterRoleQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterRoleQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// You have exceeded the maximum number of IAM roles that can be associated
|
|
// with the specified DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddRoleToDBCluster
|
|
func (c *RDS) AddRoleToDBCluster(input *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) (*AddRoleToDBClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AddRoleToDBClusterRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AddRoleToDBClusterWithContext is the same as AddRoleToDBCluster with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AddRoleToDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) AddRoleToDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddRoleToDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddRoleToDBClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AddRoleToDBClusterRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opAddSourceIdentifierToSubscription = "AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription"
|
|
|
|
// AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription for more information on using the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription
|
|
func (c *RDS) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(input *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAddSourceIdentifierToSubscription,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Adds a source identifier to an existing RDS event notification subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound"
|
|
// The subscription name does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault "SourceNotFound"
|
|
// The requested source could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription
|
|
func (c *RDS) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription(input *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) (*AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionWithContext is the same as AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opAddTagsToResource = "AddTagsToResource"
|
|
|
|
// AddTagsToResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AddTagsToResource operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AddTagsToResource for more information on using the AddTagsToResource
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AddTagsToResourceRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AddTagsToResourceRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddTagsToResource
|
|
func (c *RDS) AddTagsToResourceRequest(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddTagsToResourceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAddTagsToResource,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AddTagsToResourceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &AddTagsToResourceOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AddTagsToResource API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Adds metadata tags to an Amazon RDS resource. These tags can also be used
|
|
// with cost allocation reporting to track cost associated with Amazon RDS resources,
|
|
// or used in a Condition statement in an IAM policy for Amazon RDS.
|
|
//
|
|
// For an overview on tagging Amazon RDS resources, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.Tagging.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation AddTagsToResource for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound"
|
|
// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddTagsToResource
|
|
func (c *RDS) AddTagsToResource(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (*AddTagsToResourceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AddTagsToResourceRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AddTagsToResourceWithContext is the same as AddTagsToResource with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AddTagsToResource for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) AddTagsToResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddTagsToResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddTagsToResourceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AddTagsToResourceRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opApplyPendingMaintenanceAction = "ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction"
|
|
|
|
// ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction for more information on using the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction
|
|
func (c *RDS) ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(input *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) (req *request.Request, output *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opApplyPendingMaintenanceAction,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Applies a pending maintenance action to a resource (for example, to a DB
|
|
// instance).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The specified resource ID was not found.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction
|
|
func (c *RDS) ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction(input *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) (*ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionWithContext is the same as ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opAuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress = "AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress"
|
|
|
|
// AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress for more information on using the AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress
|
|
func (c *RDS) AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (req *request.Request, output *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Enables ingress to a DBSecurityGroup using one of two forms of authorization.
|
|
// First, EC2 or VPC security groups can be added to the DBSecurityGroup if
|
|
// the application using the database is running on EC2 or VPC instances. Second,
|
|
// IP ranges are available if the application accessing your database is running
|
|
// on the Internet. Required parameters for this API are one of CIDR range,
|
|
// EC2SecurityGroupId for VPC, or (EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName
|
|
// or EC2SecurityGroupId for non-VPC).
|
|
//
|
|
// You can't authorize ingress from an EC2 security group in one AWS Region
|
|
// to an Amazon RDS DB instance in another. You can't authorize ingress from
|
|
// a VPC security group in one VPC to an Amazon RDS DB instance in another.
|
|
//
|
|
// For an overview of CIDR ranges, go to the Wikipedia Tutorial (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSecurityGroupState"
|
|
// The state of the DB security group does not allow deletion.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAuthorizationAlreadyExistsFault "AuthorizationAlreadyExists"
|
|
// The specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is already authorized for the
|
|
// specified DB security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAuthorizationQuotaExceededFault "AuthorizationQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// DB security group authorization quota has been reached.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress
|
|
func (c *RDS) AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress(input *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (*AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressWithContext is the same as AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCopyDBClusterParameterGroup = "CopyDBClusterParameterGroup"
|
|
|
|
// CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CopyDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CopyDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the CopyDBClusterParameterGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCopyDBClusterParameterGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CopyDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Copies the specified DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation CopyDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter
|
|
// groups.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists"
|
|
// A DB parameter group with the same name exists.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterParameterGroup(input *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CopyDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as CopyDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CopyDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCopyDBClusterSnapshot = "CopyDBClusterSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
// CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CopyDBClusterSnapshot for more information on using the CopyDBClusterSnapshot
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterSnapshot
|
|
func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCopyDBClusterSnapshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CopyDBClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Copies a snapshot of a DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// To copy a DB cluster snapshot from a shared manual DB cluster snapshot, SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier
|
|
// must be the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the shared DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from another AWS Region. In
|
|
// that case, the AWS Region where you call the CopyDBClusterSnapshot action
|
|
// is the destination AWS Region for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be
|
|
// copied to. To copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from another AWS Region,
|
|
// you must provide the following values:
|
|
//
|
|
// * KmsKeyId - The AWS Key Management System (AWS KMS) key identifier for
|
|
// the key to use to encrypt the copy of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination
|
|
// AWS Region.
|
|
//
|
|
// * PreSignedUrl - A URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request
|
|
// for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot action to be called in the source AWS Region
|
|
// where the DB cluster snapshot is copied from. The pre-signed URL must
|
|
// be a valid request for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot API action that can be
|
|
// executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted DB cluster
|
|
// snapshot to be copied.
|
|
//
|
|
// The pre-signed URL request must contain the following parameter values:
|
|
//
|
|
// KmsKeyId - The KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt the copy
|
|
// of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region. This is the
|
|
// same identifier for both the CopyDBClusterSnapshot action that is called
|
|
// in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the pre-signed
|
|
// URL.
|
|
//
|
|
// DestinationRegion - The name of the AWS Region that the DB cluster snapshot
|
|
// will be created in.
|
|
//
|
|
// SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier - The DB cluster snapshot identifier for
|
|
// the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. This identifier must be
|
|
// in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For
|
|
// example, if you are copying an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from the
|
|
// us-west-2 AWS Region, then your SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier looks
|
|
// like the following example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:cluster-snapshot:aurora-cluster1-snapshot-20161115.
|
|
//
|
|
// To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating
|
|
// Requests: Using Query Parameters (AWS Signature Version 4) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html)
|
|
// and Signature Version 4 Signing Process (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// * TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier - The identifier for the new copy
|
|
// of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region.
|
|
//
|
|
// * SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier - The DB cluster snapshot identifier
|
|
// for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. This identifier must
|
|
// be in the ARN format for the source AWS Region and is the same value as
|
|
// the SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier in the pre-signed URL.
|
|
//
|
|
// To cancel the copy operation once it is in progress, delete the target DB
|
|
// cluster snapshot identified by TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier while that
|
|
// DB cluster snapshot is in "copying" status.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on copying encrypted DB cluster snapshots from one AWS
|
|
// Region to another, see Copying a DB Cluster Snapshot in the Same Account,
|
|
// Either in the Same Region or Across Regions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_CopySnapshot.html#USER_CopyDBClusterSnapshot.CrossRegion)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation CopyDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault"
|
|
// User already has a DB cluster snapshot with the given identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
|
|
// The DB cluster is not in a valid state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault"
|
|
// The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
|
|
// Error accessing KMS key.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterSnapshot
|
|
func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterSnapshot(input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CopyDBClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as CopyDBClusterSnapshot with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CopyDBClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCopyDBParameterGroup = "CopyDBParameterGroup"
|
|
|
|
// CopyDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CopyDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CopyDBParameterGroup for more information on using the CopyDBParameterGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CopyDBParameterGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(input *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCopyDBParameterGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CopyDBParameterGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CopyDBParameterGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CopyDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Copies the specified DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation CopyDBParameterGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists"
|
|
// A DB parameter group with the same name exists.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter
|
|
// groups.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) CopyDBParameterGroup(input *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) (*CopyDBParameterGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CopyDBParameterGroupWithContext is the same as CopyDBParameterGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CopyDBParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CopyDBParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyDBParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyDBParameterGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCopyDBSnapshot = "CopyDBSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
// CopyDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CopyDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CopyDBSnapshot for more information on using the CopyDBSnapshot
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CopyDBSnapshotRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CopyDBSnapshotRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBSnapshot
|
|
func (c *RDS) CopyDBSnapshotRequest(input *CopyDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCopyDBSnapshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CopyDBSnapshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CopyDBSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CopyDBSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Copies the specified DB snapshot. The source DB snapshot must be in the "available"
|
|
// state.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can copy a snapshot from one AWS Region to another. In that case, the
|
|
// AWS Region where you call the CopyDBSnapshot action is the destination AWS
|
|
// Region for the DB snapshot copy.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can't copy an encrypted, shared DB snapshot from one AWS Region to another.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about copying snapshots, see Copying a DB Snapshot (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_CopyDBSnapshot.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation CopyDBSnapshot for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBSnapshotAlreadyExists"
|
|
// DBSnapshotIdentifier is already used by an existing snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound"
|
|
// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState"
|
|
// The state of the DB snapshot does not allow deletion.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
|
|
// Error accessing KMS key.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBSnapshot
|
|
func (c *RDS) CopyDBSnapshot(input *CopyDBSnapshotInput) (*CopyDBSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CopyDBSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CopyDBSnapshotWithContext is the same as CopyDBSnapshot with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CopyDBSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CopyDBSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyDBSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyDBSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CopyDBSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCopyOptionGroup = "CopyOptionGroup"
|
|
|
|
// CopyOptionGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CopyOptionGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CopyOptionGroup for more information on using the CopyOptionGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CopyOptionGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CopyOptionGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyOptionGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) CopyOptionGroupRequest(input *CopyOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyOptionGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCopyOptionGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CopyOptionGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CopyOptionGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CopyOptionGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Copies the specified option group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation CopyOptionGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeOptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault "OptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault"
|
|
// The option group you are trying to create already exists.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The specified option group could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeOptionGroupQuotaExceededFault "OptionGroupQuotaExceededFault"
|
|
// The quota of 20 option groups was exceeded for this AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyOptionGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) CopyOptionGroup(input *CopyOptionGroupInput) (*CopyOptionGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CopyOptionGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CopyOptionGroupWithContext is the same as CopyOptionGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CopyOptionGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CopyOptionGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyOptionGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyOptionGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CopyOptionGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateDBCluster = "CreateDBCluster"
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateDBCluster operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateDBCluster for more information on using the CreateDBCluster
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBCluster
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterRequest(input *CreateDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateDBCluster,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateDBClusterInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateDBClusterOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a new Amazon Aurora DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can use the ReplicationSourceIdentifier parameter to create the DB cluster
|
|
// as a Read Replica of another DB cluster or Amazon RDS MySQL DB instance.
|
|
// For cross-region replication where the DB cluster identified by ReplicationSourceIdentifier
|
|
// is encrypted, you must also specify the PreSignedUrl parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation CreateDBCluster for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault"
|
|
// User already has a DB cluster with the given identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity"
|
|
// There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You may be
|
|
// able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different
|
|
// Availability Zones that have more storage available.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterQuotaExceededFault"
|
|
// User attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached
|
|
// the maximum allowed DB cluster quota.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available
|
|
// across all DB instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"
|
|
// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created
|
|
// because users' change.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
|
|
// The DB cluster is not in a valid state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault"
|
|
// The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
|
|
// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that
|
|
// are not all in a common VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
|
|
// The specified DB instance is not in the available state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBClusterParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB Cluster parameter
|
|
// group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
|
|
// Error accessing KMS key.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs"
|
|
// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones
|
|
// unless there is only one Availability Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBCluster
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBCluster(input *CreateDBClusterInput) (*CreateDBClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBClusterRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBClusterWithContext is the same as CreateDBCluster with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBClusterRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateDBClusterParameterGroup = "CreateDBClusterParameterGroup"
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateDBClusterParameterGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a new DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Parameters in a DB cluster parameter group apply to all of the instances
|
|
// in a DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// A DB cluster parameter group is initially created with the default parameters
|
|
// for the database engine used by instances in the DB cluster. To provide custom
|
|
// values for any of the parameters, you must modify the group after creating
|
|
// it using ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup. Once you've created a DB cluster
|
|
// parameter group, you need to associate it with your DB cluster using ModifyDBCluster.
|
|
// When you associate a new DB cluster parameter group with a running DB cluster,
|
|
// you need to reboot the DB instances in the DB cluster without failover for
|
|
// the new DB cluster parameter group and associated settings to take effect.
|
|
//
|
|
// After you create a DB cluster parameter group, you should wait at least 5
|
|
// minutes before creating your first DB cluster that uses that DB cluster parameter
|
|
// group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete
|
|
// the create action before the DB cluster parameter group is used as the default
|
|
// for a new DB cluster. This is especially important for parameters that are
|
|
// critical when creating the default database for a DB cluster, such as the
|
|
// character set for the default database defined by the character_set_database
|
|
// parameter. You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console
|
|
// (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) or the DescribeDBClusterParameters
|
|
// command to verify that your DB cluster parameter group has been created or
|
|
// modified.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation CreateDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter
|
|
// groups.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists"
|
|
// A DB parameter group with the same name exists.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterParameterGroup(input *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as CreateDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateDBClusterSnapshot = "CreateDBClusterSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateDBClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateDBClusterSnapshot for more information on using the CreateDBClusterSnapshot
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterSnapshot
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateDBClusterSnapshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a snapshot of a DB cluster. For more information on Amazon Aurora,
|
|
// see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation CreateDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault"
|
|
// User already has a DB cluster snapshot with the given identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
|
|
// The DB cluster is not in a valid state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault"
|
|
// The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterSnapshot
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterSnapshot(input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as CreateDBClusterSnapshot with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateDBClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateDBInstance = "CreateDBInstance"
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateDBInstance operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateDBInstance for more information on using the CreateDBInstance
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBInstanceRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateDBInstanceRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstance
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceRequest(input *CreateDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBInstanceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateDBInstance,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateDBInstanceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateDBInstanceOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a new DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation CreateDBInstance for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists"
|
|
// User already has a DB instance with the given identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity"
|
|
// Specified DB instance class is not available in the specified Availability
|
|
// Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault "InstanceQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available
|
|
// across all DB instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs"
|
|
// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones
|
|
// unless there is only one Availability Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
|
|
// The DB cluster is not in a valid state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
|
|
// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that
|
|
// are not all in a common VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"
|
|
// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created
|
|
// because users' change.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault"
|
|
// Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The specified option group could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported"
|
|
// StorageType specified cannot be associated with the DB Instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound"
|
|
// Specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is not authorized for the specified
|
|
// DB security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// RDS may not also be authorized via IAM to perform necessary actions on your
|
|
// behalf.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
|
|
// Error accessing KMS key.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault"
|
|
// Domain does not refer to an existing Active Directory Domain.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstance
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstance(input *CreateDBInstanceInput) (*CreateDBInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBInstanceWithContext is the same as CreateDBInstance with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateDBInstanceReadReplica = "CreateDBInstanceReadReplica"
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateDBInstanceReadReplica for more information on using the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstanceReadReplica
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(input *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateDBInstanceReadReplica,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBInstanceReadReplica API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a new DB instance that acts as a Read Replica for an existing source
|
|
// DB instance. You can create a Read Replica for a DB instance running MySQL,
|
|
// MariaDB, or PostgreSQL.
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon Aurora does not support this action. You must call the CreateDBInstance
|
|
// action to create a DB instance for an Aurora DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// All Read Replica DB instances are created as Single-AZ deployments with backups
|
|
// disabled. All other DB instance attributes (including DB security groups
|
|
// and DB parameter groups) are inherited from the source DB instance, except
|
|
// as specified below.
|
|
//
|
|
// The source DB instance must have backup retention enabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information, see Working with PostgreSQL, MySQL, and MariaDB Read
|
|
// Replicas (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_ReadRepl.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation CreateDBInstanceReadReplica for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists"
|
|
// User already has a DB instance with the given identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity"
|
|
// Specified DB instance class is not available in the specified Availability
|
|
// Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault "InstanceQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available
|
|
// across all DB instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
|
|
// The specified DB instance is not in the available state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs"
|
|
// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones
|
|
// unless there is only one Availability Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
|
|
// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that
|
|
// are not all in a common VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"
|
|
// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created
|
|
// because users' change.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault"
|
|
// Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The specified option group could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotAllowedFault "DBSubnetGroupNotAllowedFault"
|
|
// Indicates that the DBSubnetGroup should not be specified while creating read
|
|
// replicas that lie in the same region as the source instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupFault "InvalidDBSubnetGroupFault"
|
|
// Indicates the DBSubnetGroup does not belong to the same VPC as that of an
|
|
// existing cross region read replica of the same source instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported"
|
|
// StorageType specified cannot be associated with the DB Instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
|
|
// Error accessing KMS key.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstanceReadReplica
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceReadReplica(input *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) (*CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaWithContext is the same as CreateDBInstanceReadReplica with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateDBInstanceReadReplica for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateDBParameterGroup = "CreateDBParameterGroup"
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateDBParameterGroup for more information on using the CreateDBParameterGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBParameterGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateDBParameterGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateDBParameterGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateDBParameterGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a new DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// A DB parameter group is initially created with the default parameters for
|
|
// the database engine used by the DB instance. To provide custom values for
|
|
// any of the parameters, you must modify the group after creating it using
|
|
// ModifyDBParameterGroup. Once you've created a DB parameter group, you need
|
|
// to associate it with your DB instance using ModifyDBInstance. When you associate
|
|
// a new DB parameter group with a running DB instance, you need to reboot the
|
|
// DB instance without failover for the new DB parameter group and associated
|
|
// settings to take effect.
|
|
//
|
|
// After you create a DB parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes
|
|
// before creating your first DB instance that uses that DB parameter group
|
|
// as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete
|
|
// the create action before the parameter group is used as the default for a
|
|
// new DB instance. This is especially important for parameters that are critical
|
|
// when creating the default database for a DB instance, such as the character
|
|
// set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter.
|
|
// You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/)
|
|
// or the DescribeDBParameters command to verify that your DB parameter group
|
|
// has been created or modified.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation CreateDBParameterGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter
|
|
// groups.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists"
|
|
// A DB parameter group with the same name exists.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBParameterGroup(input *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) (*CreateDBParameterGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBParameterGroupWithContext is the same as CreateDBParameterGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateDBParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBParameterGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateDBSecurityGroup = "CreateDBSecurityGroup"
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateDBSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateDBSecurityGroup for more information on using the CreateDBSecurityGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSecurityGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest(input *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateDBSecurityGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateDBSecurityGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBSecurityGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a new DB security group. DB security groups control access to a DB
|
|
// instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation CreateDBSecurityGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBSecurityGroupAlreadyExists"
|
|
// A DB security group with the name specified in DBSecurityGroupName already
|
|
// exists.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupQuotaExceededFault "QuotaExceeded.DBSecurityGroup"
|
|
// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB security
|
|
// groups.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotSupportedFault "DBSecurityGroupNotSupported"
|
|
// A DB security group is not allowed for this action.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSecurityGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBSecurityGroup(input *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) (*CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as CreateDBSecurityGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateDBSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateDBSnapshot = "CreateDBSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateDBSnapshot for more information on using the CreateDBSnapshot
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBSnapshotRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateDBSnapshotRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSnapshot
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBSnapshotRequest(input *CreateDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateDBSnapshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateDBSnapshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateDBSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a DBSnapshot. The source DBInstance must be in "available" state.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation CreateDBSnapshot for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBSnapshotAlreadyExists"
|
|
// DBSnapshotIdentifier is already used by an existing snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
|
|
// The specified DB instance is not in the available state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSnapshot
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBSnapshot(input *CreateDBSnapshotInput) (*CreateDBSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBSnapshotWithContext is the same as CreateDBSnapshot with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateDBSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateDBSubnetGroup = "CreateDBSubnetGroup"
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateDBSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateDBSubnetGroup for more information on using the CreateDBSubnetGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSubnetGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateDBSubnetGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateDBSubnetGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a new DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least one
|
|
// subnet in at least two AZs in the AWS Region.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation CreateDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBSubnetGroupAlreadyExists"
|
|
// DBSubnetGroupName is already used by an existing DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBSubnetGroupQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB subnet groups.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetQuotaExceededFault "DBSubnetQuotaExceededFault"
|
|
// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of subnets in a
|
|
// DB subnet groups.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs"
|
|
// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones
|
|
// unless there is only one Availability Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
|
|
// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that
|
|
// are not all in a common VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSubnetGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBSubnetGroup(input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) (*CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as CreateDBSubnetGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateDBSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBSubnetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateEventSubscription = "CreateEventSubscription"
|
|
|
|
// CreateEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateEventSubscription operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateEventSubscription for more information on using the CreateEventSubscription
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateEventSubscriptionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateEventSubscription
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateEventSubscription,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateEventSubscriptionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateEventSubscriptionOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates an RDS event notification subscription. This action requires a topic
|
|
// ARN (Amazon Resource Name) created by either the RDS console, the SNS console,
|
|
// or the SNS API. To obtain an ARN with SNS, you must create a topic in Amazon
|
|
// SNS and subscribe to the topic. The ARN is displayed in the SNS console.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can specify the type of source (SourceType) you want to be notified of,
|
|
// provide a list of RDS sources (SourceIds) that triggers the events, and provide
|
|
// a list of event categories (EventCategories) for events you want to be notified
|
|
// of. For example, you can specify SourceType = db-instance, SourceIds = mydbinstance1,
|
|
// mydbinstance2 and EventCategories = Availability, Backup.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify both the SourceType and SourceIds, such as SourceType = db-instance
|
|
// and SourceIdentifier = myDBInstance1, you are notified of all the db-instance
|
|
// events for the specified source. If you specify a SourceType but do not specify
|
|
// a SourceIdentifier, you receive notice of the events for that source type
|
|
// for all your RDS sources. If you do not specify either the SourceType nor
|
|
// the SourceIdentifier, you are notified of events generated from all RDS sources
|
|
// belonging to your customer account.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation CreateEventSubscription for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeEventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault "EventSubscriptionQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// You have reached the maximum number of event subscriptions.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSubscriptionAlreadyExistFault "SubscriptionAlreadyExist"
|
|
// The supplied subscription name already exists.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSNSInvalidTopicFault "SNSInvalidTopic"
|
|
// SNS has responded that there is a problem with the SND topic specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSNSNoAuthorizationFault "SNSNoAuthorization"
|
|
// You do not have permission to publish to the SNS topic ARN.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSNSTopicArnNotFoundFault "SNSTopicArnNotFound"
|
|
// The SNS topic ARN does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault "SubscriptionCategoryNotFound"
|
|
// The supplied category does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault "SourceNotFound"
|
|
// The requested source could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateEventSubscription
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateEventSubscription(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) (*CreateEventSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateEventSubscriptionWithContext is the same as CreateEventSubscription with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateEventSubscription for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateEventSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateEventSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateOptionGroup = "CreateOptionGroup"
|
|
|
|
// CreateOptionGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateOptionGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateOptionGroup for more information on using the CreateOptionGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateOptionGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateOptionGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateOptionGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateOptionGroupRequest(input *CreateOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateOptionGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateOptionGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateOptionGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateOptionGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateOptionGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a new option group. You can create up to 20 option groups.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation CreateOptionGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeOptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault "OptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault"
|
|
// The option group you are trying to create already exists.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeOptionGroupQuotaExceededFault "OptionGroupQuotaExceededFault"
|
|
// The quota of 20 option groups was exceeded for this AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateOptionGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateOptionGroup(input *CreateOptionGroupInput) (*CreateOptionGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateOptionGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateOptionGroupWithContext is the same as CreateOptionGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateOptionGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateOptionGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateOptionGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateOptionGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateOptionGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteDBCluster = "DeleteDBCluster"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteDBCluster operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteDBCluster for more information on using the DeleteDBCluster
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBCluster
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteDBCluster,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteDBClusterInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteDBClusterOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// The DeleteDBCluster action deletes a previously provisioned DB cluster. When
|
|
// you delete a DB cluster, all automated backups for that DB cluster are deleted
|
|
// and can't be recovered. Manual DB cluster snapshots of the specified DB cluster
|
|
// are not deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DeleteDBCluster for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
|
|
// The DB cluster is not in a valid state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault"
|
|
// User already has a DB cluster snapshot with the given identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault"
|
|
// The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBCluster
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBCluster(input *DeleteDBClusterInput) (*DeleteDBClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBClusterWithContext is the same as DeleteDBCluster with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteDBClusterParameterGroup = "DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteDBClusterParameterGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes a specified DB cluster parameter group. The DB cluster parameter
|
|
// group to be deleted can't be associated with any DB clusters.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState"
|
|
// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting
|
|
// to delete the parameter group, you cannot delete it when the parameter group
|
|
// is in this state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup(input *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteDBClusterSnapshot = "DeleteDBClusterSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteDBClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteDBClusterSnapshot for more information on using the DeleteDBClusterSnapshot
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterSnapshot
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteDBClusterSnapshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes a DB cluster snapshot. If the snapshot is being copied, the copy
|
|
// operation is terminated.
|
|
//
|
|
// The DB cluster snapshot must be in the available state to be deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DeleteDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault"
|
|
// The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterSnapshot
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterSnapshot(input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as DeleteDBClusterSnapshot with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteDBClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteDBInstance = "DeleteDBInstance"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteDBInstance operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteDBInstance for more information on using the DeleteDBInstance
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBInstanceRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteDBInstanceRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBInstance
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input *DeleteDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBInstanceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteDBInstance,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteDBInstanceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteDBInstanceOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// The DeleteDBInstance action deletes a previously provisioned DB instance.
|
|
// When you delete a DB instance, all automated backups for that instance are
|
|
// deleted and can't be recovered. Manual DB snapshots of the DB instance to
|
|
// be deleted by DeleteDBInstance are not deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you request a final DB snapshot the status of the Amazon RDS DB instance
|
|
// is deleting until the DB snapshot is created. The API action DescribeDBInstance
|
|
// is used to monitor the status of this operation. The action can't be canceled
|
|
// or reverted once submitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note that when a DB instance is in a failure state and has a status of failed,
|
|
// incompatible-restore, or incompatible-network, you can only delete it when
|
|
// the SkipFinalSnapshot parameter is set to true.
|
|
//
|
|
// If the specified DB instance is part of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster, you
|
|
// can't delete the DB instance if both of the following conditions are true:
|
|
//
|
|
// * The DB cluster is a Read Replica of another Amazon Aurora DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * The DB instance is the only instance in the DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// To delete a DB instance in this case, first call the PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster
|
|
// API action to promote the DB cluster so it's no longer a Read Replica. After
|
|
// the promotion completes, then call the DeleteDBInstance API action to delete
|
|
// the final instance in the DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DeleteDBInstance for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
|
|
// The specified DB instance is not in the available state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBSnapshotAlreadyExists"
|
|
// DBSnapshotIdentifier is already used by an existing snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
|
|
// The DB cluster is not in a valid state.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBInstance
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBInstance(input *DeleteDBInstanceInput) (*DeleteDBInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBInstanceWithContext is the same as DeleteDBInstance with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteDBParameterGroup = "DeleteDBParameterGroup"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteDBParameterGroup for more information on using the DeleteDBParameterGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteDBParameterGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteDBParameterGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes a specified DBParameterGroup. The DBParameterGroup to be deleted
|
|
// can't be associated with any DB instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DeleteDBParameterGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState"
|
|
// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting
|
|
// to delete the parameter group, you cannot delete it when the parameter group
|
|
// is in this state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBParameterGroup(input *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) (*DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBParameterGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteDBParameterGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteDBParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteDBSecurityGroup = "DeleteDBSecurityGroup"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteDBSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteDBSecurityGroup for more information on using the DeleteDBSecurityGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSecurityGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteDBSecurityGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBSecurityGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes a DB security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// The specified DB security group must not be associated with any DB instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DeleteDBSecurityGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSecurityGroupState"
|
|
// The state of the DB security group does not allow deletion.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSecurityGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSecurityGroup(input *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) (*DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteDBSecurityGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteDBSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteDBSnapshot = "DeleteDBSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteDBSnapshot for more information on using the DeleteDBSnapshot
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBSnapshotRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteDBSnapshotRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSnapshot
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteDBSnapshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteDBSnapshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteDBSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes a DBSnapshot. If the snapshot is being copied, the copy operation
|
|
// is terminated.
|
|
//
|
|
// The DBSnapshot must be in the available state to be deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DeleteDBSnapshot for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState"
|
|
// The state of the DB snapshot does not allow deletion.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound"
|
|
// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSnapshot
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSnapshot(input *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) (*DeleteDBSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDBSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBSnapshotWithContext is the same as DeleteDBSnapshot with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteDBSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDBSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteDBSubnetGroup = "DeleteDBSubnetGroup"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteDBSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteDBSubnetGroup for more information on using the DeleteDBSubnetGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSubnetGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteDBSubnetGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes a DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// The specified database subnet group must not be associated with any DB instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DeleteDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault"
|
|
// The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetStateFault"
|
|
// The DB subnet is not in the available state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSubnetGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSubnetGroup(input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) (*DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteDBSubnetGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteDBSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSubnetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteEventSubscription = "DeleteEventSubscription"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteEventSubscription operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteEventSubscription for more information on using the DeleteEventSubscription
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteEventSubscription
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteEventSubscription,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteEventSubscriptionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes an RDS event notification subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DeleteEventSubscription for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound"
|
|
// The subscription name does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidEventSubscriptionStateFault "InvalidEventSubscriptionState"
|
|
// This error can occur if someone else is modifying a subscription. You should
|
|
// retry the action.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteEventSubscription
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteEventSubscription(input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) (*DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteEventSubscriptionWithContext is the same as DeleteEventSubscription with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteEventSubscription for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteEventSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteOptionGroup = "DeleteOptionGroup"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteOptionGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteOptionGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteOptionGroup for more information on using the DeleteOptionGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteOptionGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteOptionGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteOptionGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteOptionGroupRequest(input *DeleteOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteOptionGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteOptionGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteOptionGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteOptionGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteOptionGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes an existing option group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DeleteOptionGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The specified option group could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidOptionGroupStateFault "InvalidOptionGroupStateFault"
|
|
// The option group is not in the available state.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteOptionGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteOptionGroup(input *DeleteOptionGroupInput) (*DeleteOptionGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteOptionGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteOptionGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteOptionGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteOptionGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteOptionGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteOptionGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteOptionGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteOptionGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeAccountAttributes = "DescribeAccountAttributes"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeAccountAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeAccountAttributes operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeAccountAttributes for more information on using the DescribeAccountAttributes
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeAccountAttributesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeAccountAttributes
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input *DescribeAccountAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeAccountAttributes,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeAccountAttributesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeAccountAttributesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeAccountAttributes API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Lists all of the attributes for a customer account. The attributes include
|
|
// Amazon RDS quotas for the account, such as the number of DB instances allowed.
|
|
// The description for a quota includes the quota name, current usage toward
|
|
// that quota, and the quota's maximum value.
|
|
//
|
|
// This command does not take any parameters.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeAccountAttributes for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeAccountAttributes
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeAccountAttributes(input *DescribeAccountAttributesInput) (*DescribeAccountAttributesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeAccountAttributesWithContext is the same as DescribeAccountAttributes with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeAccountAttributes for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeAccountAttributesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeAccountAttributesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeAccountAttributesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeCertificates = "DescribeCertificates"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeCertificatesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeCertificates operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeCertificates for more information on using the DescribeCertificates
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeCertificatesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeCertificatesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeCertificates
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeCertificatesRequest(input *DescribeCertificatesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeCertificatesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeCertificates,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeCertificatesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeCertificatesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeCertificates API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Lists the set of CA certificates provided by Amazon RDS for this AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeCertificates for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeCertificateNotFoundFault "CertificateNotFound"
|
|
// CertificateIdentifier does not refer to an existing certificate.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeCertificates
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeCertificates(input *DescribeCertificatesInput) (*DescribeCertificatesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeCertificatesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeCertificatesWithContext is the same as DescribeCertificates with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeCertificates for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeCertificatesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeCertificatesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeCertificatesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeCertificatesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDBClusterParameterGroups = "DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDBClusterParameterGroups,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns a list of DBClusterParameterGroup descriptions. If a DBClusterParameterGroupName
|
|
// parameter is specified, the list will contain only the description of the
|
|
// specified DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups(input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDBClusterParameters = "DescribeDBClusterParameters"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterParameters operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBClusterParameters for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterParameters
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameters
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDBClusterParameters,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDBClusterParametersInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClusterParameters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns the detailed parameter list for a particular DB cluster parameter
|
|
// group.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeDBClusterParameters for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameters
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameters(input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) (*DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClusterParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterParameters with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBClusterParameters for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParametersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes = "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns a list of DB cluster snapshot attribute names and values for a manual
|
|
// DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// When sharing snapshots with other AWS accounts, DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes
|
|
// returns the restore attribute and a list of IDs for the AWS accounts that
|
|
// are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. If all
|
|
// is included in the list of values for the restore attribute, then the manual
|
|
// DB cluster snapshot is public and can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts.
|
|
//
|
|
// To add or remove access for an AWS account to copy or restore a manual DB
|
|
// cluster snapshot, or to make the manual DB cluster snapshot public or private,
|
|
// use the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDBClusterSnapshots = "DescribeDBClusterSnapshots"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBClusterSnapshots for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDBClusterSnapshots,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClusterSnapshots API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns information about DB cluster snapshots. This API action supports
|
|
// pagination.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeDBClusterSnapshots for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshots(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterSnapshots with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBClusterSnapshots for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDBClusters = "DescribeDBClusters"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClustersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeDBClusters operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBClusters for more information on using the DescribeDBClusters
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClustersRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClustersRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusters
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClustersRequest(input *DescribeDBClustersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClustersOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDBClusters,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDBClustersInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeDBClustersOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClusters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns information about provisioned Aurora DB clusters. This API supports
|
|
// pagination.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeDBClusters for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusters
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusters(input *DescribeDBClustersInput) (*DescribeDBClustersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBClustersRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClustersWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusters with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBClusters for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClustersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClustersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClustersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBClustersRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDBEngineVersions = "DescribeDBEngineVersions"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeDBEngineVersions operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBEngineVersions for more information on using the DescribeDBEngineVersions
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBEngineVersions
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDBEngineVersions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBEngineVersions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns a list of the available DB engines.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeDBEngineVersions for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBEngineVersions
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersions(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) (*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBEngineVersionsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBEngineVersions with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBEngineVersions for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBEngineVersions operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBEngineVersions method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBEngineVersions operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBEngineVersionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDBInstances = "DescribeDBInstances"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeDBInstances operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBInstances for more information on using the DescribeDBInstances
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBInstancesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBInstances
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBInstancesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDBInstances,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDBInstancesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeDBInstancesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBInstances API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns information about provisioned RDS instances. This API supports pagination.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeDBInstances for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBInstances
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstances(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput) (*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBInstancesWithContext is the same as DescribeDBInstances with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBInstances for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstancesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBInstancesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBInstancesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBInstances operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBInstances method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBInstances operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeDBInstancesPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeDBInstancesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstancesPages(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput, fn func(*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeDBInstancesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBInstancesPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBInstancesPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstancesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBInstancesInput, fn func(*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeDBInstancesInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBInstancesOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDBLogFiles = "DescribeDBLogFiles"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBLogFilesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeDBLogFiles operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBLogFiles for more information on using the DescribeDBLogFiles
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBLogFilesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBLogFiles
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDBLogFiles,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDBLogFilesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeDBLogFilesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBLogFiles API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns a list of DB log files for the DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeDBLogFiles for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBLogFiles
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFiles(input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) (*DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBLogFilesWithContext is the same as DescribeDBLogFiles with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBLogFiles for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFilesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBLogFilesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBLogFiles operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBLogFiles method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBLogFiles operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeDBLogFilesPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFilesPages(input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput, fn func(*DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeDBLogFilesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBLogFilesPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBLogFilesPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFilesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput, fn func(*DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeDBLogFilesInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBLogFilesOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDBParameterGroups = "DescribeDBParameterGroups"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeDBParameterGroups operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBParameterGroups for more information on using the DescribeDBParameterGroups
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBParameterGroups
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDBParameterGroups,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBParameterGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns a list of DBParameterGroup descriptions. If a DBParameterGroupName
|
|
// is specified, the list will contain only the description of the specified
|
|
// DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeDBParameterGroups for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBParameterGroups
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroups(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBParameterGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBParameterGroups with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBParameterGroups for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBParameterGroups operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBParameterGroups method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBParameterGroups operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeDBParameterGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBParameterGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDBParameters = "DescribeDBParameters"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeDBParameters operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBParameters for more information on using the DescribeDBParameters
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBParametersRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBParametersRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBParameters
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParametersRequest(input *DescribeDBParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBParametersOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDBParameters,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDBParametersInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeDBParametersOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBParameters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns the detailed parameter list for a particular DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeDBParameters for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBParameters
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameters(input *DescribeDBParametersInput) (*DescribeDBParametersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBParametersRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeDBParameters with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBParameters for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParametersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBParametersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBParametersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBParametersRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBParametersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBParameters operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBParameters method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBParameters operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeDBParametersPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeDBParametersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParametersPages(input *DescribeDBParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeDBParametersOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeDBParametersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBParametersPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBParametersPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParametersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeDBParametersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeDBParametersInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeDBParametersRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBParametersOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDBSecurityGroups = "DescribeDBSecurityGroups"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeDBSecurityGroups operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBSecurityGroups for more information on using the DescribeDBSecurityGroups
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSecurityGroups
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDBSecurityGroups,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBSecurityGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns a list of DBSecurityGroup descriptions. If a DBSecurityGroupName
|
|
// is specified, the list will contain only the descriptions of the specified
|
|
// DB security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeDBSecurityGroups for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSecurityGroups
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroups(input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBSecurityGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBSecurityGroups with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBSecurityGroups for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBSecurityGroups operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBSecurityGroups method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBSecurityGroups operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDBSnapshotAttributes = "DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes for more information on using the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(input *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDBSnapshotAttributes,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns a list of DB snapshot attribute names and values for a manual DB
|
|
// snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// When sharing snapshots with other AWS accounts, DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes
|
|
// returns the restore attribute and a list of IDs for the AWS accounts that
|
|
// are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB snapshot. If all is included
|
|
// in the list of values for the restore attribute, then the manual DB snapshot
|
|
// is public and can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts.
|
|
//
|
|
// To add or remove access for an AWS account to copy or restore a manual DB
|
|
// snapshot, or to make the manual DB snapshot public or private, use the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute
|
|
// API action.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound"
|
|
// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes(input *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) (*DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesWithContext is the same as DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDBSnapshots = "DescribeDBSnapshots"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeDBSnapshots operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBSnapshots for more information on using the DescribeDBSnapshots
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSnapshots
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDBSnapshots,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDBSnapshotsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBSnapshots API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns information about DB snapshots. This API action supports pagination.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeDBSnapshots for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound"
|
|
// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSnapshots
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshots(input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) (*DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBSnapshotsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBSnapshots with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBSnapshots for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBSnapshotsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBSnapshots operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBSnapshots method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBSnapshots operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeDBSnapshotsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotsPages(input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeDBSnapshotsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBSnapshotsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBSnapshotsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDBSubnetGroups = "DescribeDBSubnetGroups"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeDBSubnetGroups operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBSubnetGroups for more information on using the DescribeDBSubnetGroups
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSubnetGroups
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDBSubnetGroups,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBSubnetGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns a list of DBSubnetGroup descriptions. If a DBSubnetGroupName is specified,
|
|
// the list will contain only the descriptions of the specified DBSubnetGroup.
|
|
//
|
|
// For an overview of CIDR ranges, go to the Wikipedia Tutorial (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeDBSubnetGroups for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSubnetGroups
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroups(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBSubnetGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBSubnetGroups with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBSubnetGroups for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBSubnetGroups operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBSubnetGroups method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBSubnetGroups operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters = "DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters for more information on using the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns the default engine and system parameter information for the cluster
|
|
// database engine.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters(input *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) (*DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeEngineDefaultParameters = "DescribeEngineDefaultParameters"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEngineDefaultParameters for more information on using the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultParameters
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeEngineDefaultParameters,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"EngineDefaults.Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEngineDefaultParameters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns the default engine and system parameter information for the specified
|
|
// database engine.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeEngineDefaultParameters for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultParameters
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParameters(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) (*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEngineDefaultParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeEngineDefaultParameters with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEngineDefaultParameters for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEngineDefaultParameters operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEngineDefaultParameters method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEngineDefaultParameters operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPagesWithContext same as DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeEventCategories = "DescribeEventCategories"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventCategoriesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeEventCategories operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEventCategories for more information on using the DescribeEventCategories
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventCategoriesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEventCategories
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeEventCategories,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeEventCategoriesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeEventCategoriesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventCategories API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Displays a list of categories for all event source types, or, if specified,
|
|
// for a specified source type. You can see a list of the event categories and
|
|
// source types in the Events (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html)
|
|
// topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeEventCategories for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEventCategories
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventCategories(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) (*DescribeEventCategoriesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventCategoriesWithContext is the same as DescribeEventCategories with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEventCategories for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventCategoriesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEventCategoriesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeEventSubscriptions = "DescribeEventSubscriptions"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeEventSubscriptions operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEventSubscriptions for more information on using the DescribeEventSubscriptions
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEventSubscriptions
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeEventSubscriptions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventSubscriptions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Lists all the subscription descriptions for a customer account. The description
|
|
// for a subscription includes SubscriptionName, SNSTopicARN, CustomerID, SourceType,
|
|
// SourceID, CreationTime, and Status.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify a SubscriptionName, lists the description for that subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeEventSubscriptions for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound"
|
|
// The subscription name does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEventSubscriptions
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptions(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventSubscriptionsWithContext is the same as DescribeEventSubscriptions with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEventSubscriptions for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEventSubscriptions operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEventSubscriptions method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEventSubscriptions operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventSubscriptionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeEvents = "DescribeEvents"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeEvents operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEvents for more information on using the DescribeEvents
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeEventsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEvents
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventsRequest(input *DescribeEventsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeEvents,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeEventsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeEventsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEvents API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns events related to DB instances, DB security groups, DB snapshots,
|
|
// and DB parameter groups for the past 14 days. Events specific to a particular
|
|
// DB instance, DB security group, database snapshot, or DB parameter group
|
|
// can be obtained by providing the name as a parameter. By default, the past
|
|
// hour of events are returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeEvents for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEvents
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeEvents(input *DescribeEventsInput) (*DescribeEventsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEventsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventsWithContext is the same as DescribeEvents with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEvents for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEventsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEventsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEvents operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEvents method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEvents operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeEventsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeEventsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventsPages(input *DescribeEventsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeEventsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventsPagesWithContext same as DescribeEventsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeEventsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeEventsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeEventsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeOptionGroupOptions = "DescribeOptionGroupOptions"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeOptionGroupOptions operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeOptionGroupOptions for more information on using the DescribeOptionGroupOptions
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOptionGroupOptions
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeOptionGroupOptions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeOptionGroupOptions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes all available options.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeOptionGroupOptions for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOptionGroupOptions
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptions(input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) (*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeOptionGroupOptionsWithContext is the same as DescribeOptionGroupOptions with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeOptionGroupOptions for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeOptionGroupOptions operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeOptionGroupOptions method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeOptionGroupOptions operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPages(input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeOptionGroups = "DescribeOptionGroups"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeOptionGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeOptionGroups operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeOptionGroups for more information on using the DescribeOptionGroups
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeOptionGroupsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOptionGroups
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeOptionGroups,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeOptionGroupsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeOptionGroupsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeOptionGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the available option groups.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeOptionGroups for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The specified option group could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOptionGroups
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroups(input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) (*DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeOptionGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeOptionGroups with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeOptionGroups for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeOptionGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeOptionGroups operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeOptionGroups method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeOptionGroups operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeOptionGroupsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupsPages(input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeOptionGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeOptionGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeOptionGroupsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeOptionGroupsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeOptionGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions = "DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions for more information on using the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns a list of orderable DB instance options for the specified engine.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) (*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsWithContext is the same as DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribePendingMaintenanceActions = "DescribePendingMaintenanceActions"
|
|
|
|
// DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribePendingMaintenanceActions for more information on using the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribePendingMaintenanceActions
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribePendingMaintenanceActions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribePendingMaintenanceActions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns a list of resources (for example, DB instances) that have at least
|
|
// one pending maintenance action.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribePendingMaintenanceActions for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The specified resource ID was not found.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribePendingMaintenanceActions
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribePendingMaintenanceActions(input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) (*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsWithContext is the same as DescribePendingMaintenanceActions with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribePendingMaintenanceActions for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeReservedDBInstances = "DescribeReservedDBInstances"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeReservedDBInstances operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReservedDBInstances for more information on using the DescribeReservedDBInstances
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeReservedDBInstances
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeReservedDBInstances,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedDBInstances API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns information about reserved DB instances for this account, or about
|
|
// a specified reserved DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeReservedDBInstances for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeReservedDBInstanceNotFoundFault "ReservedDBInstanceNotFound"
|
|
// The specified reserved DB Instance not found.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeReservedDBInstances
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstances(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedDBInstancesWithContext is the same as DescribeReservedDBInstances with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReservedDBInstances for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedDBInstancesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeReservedDBInstances operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReservedDBInstances method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeReservedDBInstances operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesPages(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput, fn func(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedDBInstancesPagesWithContext same as DescribeReservedDBInstancesPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput, fn func(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings = "DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings for more information on using the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Lists available reserved DB instance offerings.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFoundFault "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFound"
|
|
// Specified offering does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsWithContext is the same as DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPages(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput, fn func(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPagesWithContext same as DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput, fn func(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeSourceRegions = "DescribeSourceRegions"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSourceRegionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeSourceRegions operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeSourceRegions for more information on using the DescribeSourceRegions
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeSourceRegionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeSourceRegionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeSourceRegions
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeSourceRegionsRequest(input *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeSourceRegionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeSourceRegions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeSourceRegionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeSourceRegionsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSourceRegions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns a list of the source AWS Regions where the current AWS Region can
|
|
// create a Read Replica or copy a DB snapshot from. This API action supports
|
|
// pagination.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeSourceRegions for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeSourceRegions
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeSourceRegions(input *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) (*DescribeSourceRegionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeSourceRegionsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSourceRegionsWithContext is the same as DescribeSourceRegions with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeSourceRegions for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeSourceRegionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeSourceRegionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeSourceRegionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeSourceRegionsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeValidDBInstanceModifications = "DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications for more information on using the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest(input *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeValidDBInstanceModifications,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can call DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications to learn what modifications
|
|
// you can make to your DB instance. You can use this information when you call
|
|
// ModifyDBInstance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
|
|
// The specified DB instance is not in the available state.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications(input *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) (*DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsWithContext is the same as DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDownloadDBLogFilePortion = "DownloadDBLogFilePortion"
|
|
|
|
// DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DownloadDBLogFilePortion operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DownloadDBLogFilePortion for more information on using the DownloadDBLogFilePortion
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DownloadDBLogFilePortion
|
|
func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDownloadDBLogFilePortion,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "NumberOfLines",
|
|
TruncationToken: "AdditionalDataPending",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DownloadDBLogFilePortion API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Downloads all or a portion of the specified log file, up to 1 MB in size.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation DownloadDBLogFilePortion for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBLogFileNotFoundFault "DBLogFileNotFoundFault"
|
|
// LogFileName does not refer to an existing DB log file.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DownloadDBLogFilePortion
|
|
func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortion(input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) (*DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DownloadDBLogFilePortionWithContext is the same as DownloadDBLogFilePortion with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DownloadDBLogFilePortion for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DownloadDBLogFilePortionPages iterates over the pages of a DownloadDBLogFilePortion operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DownloadDBLogFilePortion method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DownloadDBLogFilePortion operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DownloadDBLogFilePortionPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortionPages(input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput, fn func(*DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DownloadDBLogFilePortionPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DownloadDBLogFilePortionPagesWithContext same as DownloadDBLogFilePortionPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortionPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput, fn func(*DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opFailoverDBCluster = "FailoverDBCluster"
|
|
|
|
// FailoverDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the FailoverDBCluster operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See FailoverDBCluster for more information on using the FailoverDBCluster
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the FailoverDBClusterRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.FailoverDBClusterRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/FailoverDBCluster
|
|
func (c *RDS) FailoverDBClusterRequest(input *FailoverDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *FailoverDBClusterOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opFailoverDBCluster,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &FailoverDBClusterInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &FailoverDBClusterOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// FailoverDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Forces a failover for a DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// A failover for a DB cluster promotes one of the Aurora Replicas (read-only
|
|
// instances) in the DB cluster to be the primary instance (the cluster writer).
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon Aurora will automatically fail over to an Aurora Replica, if one exists,
|
|
// when the primary instance fails. You can force a failover when you want to
|
|
// simulate a failure of a primary instance for testing. Because each instance
|
|
// in a DB cluster has its own endpoint address, you will need to clean up and
|
|
// re-establish any existing connections that use those endpoint addresses when
|
|
// the failover is complete.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation FailoverDBCluster for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
|
|
// The DB cluster is not in a valid state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
|
|
// The specified DB instance is not in the available state.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/FailoverDBCluster
|
|
func (c *RDS) FailoverDBCluster(input *FailoverDBClusterInput) (*FailoverDBClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.FailoverDBClusterRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// FailoverDBClusterWithContext is the same as FailoverDBCluster with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See FailoverDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) FailoverDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *FailoverDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*FailoverDBClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.FailoverDBClusterRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opListTagsForResource = "ListTagsForResource"
|
|
|
|
// ListTagsForResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ListTagsForResource operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListTagsForResource for more information on using the ListTagsForResource
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ListTagsForResourceRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ListTagsForResourceRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ListTagsForResource
|
|
func (c *RDS) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListTagsForResourceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opListTagsForResource,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ListTagsForResourceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ListTagsForResourceOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListTagsForResource API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Lists all tags on an Amazon RDS resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// For an overview on tagging an Amazon RDS resource, see Tagging Amazon RDS
|
|
// Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.Tagging.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation ListTagsForResource for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound"
|
|
// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ListTagsForResource
|
|
func (c *RDS) ListTagsForResource(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListTagsForResourceWithContext is the same as ListTagsForResource with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListTagsForResource for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ListTagsForResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTagsForResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyDBCluster = "ModifyDBCluster"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyDBCluster operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyDBCluster for more information on using the ModifyDBCluster
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBCluster
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBClusterOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyDBCluster,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyDBClusterInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyDBClusterOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modify a setting for an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. You can change one or more
|
|
// database configuration parameters by specifying these parameters and the
|
|
// new values in the request. For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora
|
|
// on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation ModifyDBCluster for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
|
|
// The DB cluster is not in a valid state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available
|
|
// across all DB instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"
|
|
// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created
|
|
// because users' change.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault"
|
|
// The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
|
|
// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that
|
|
// are not all in a common VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBClusterParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB Cluster parameter
|
|
// group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSecurityGroupState"
|
|
// The state of the DB security group does not allow deletion.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
|
|
// The specified DB instance is not in the available state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault"
|
|
// User already has a DB cluster with the given identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBCluster
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBCluster(input *ModifyDBClusterInput) (*ModifyDBClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBClusterWithContext is the same as ModifyDBCluster with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyDBClusterParameterGroup = "ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyDBClusterParameterGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies the parameters of a DB cluster parameter group. To modify more than
|
|
// one parameter, submit a list of the following: ParameterName, ParameterValue,
|
|
// and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Changes to dynamic parameters are applied immediately. Changes to static
|
|
// parameters require a reboot without failover to the DB cluster associated
|
|
// with the parameter group before the change can take effect.
|
|
//
|
|
// After you create a DB cluster parameter group, you should wait at least 5
|
|
// minutes before creating your first DB cluster that uses that DB cluster parameter
|
|
// group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete
|
|
// the create action before the parameter group is used as the default for a
|
|
// new DB cluster. This is especially important for parameters that are critical
|
|
// when creating the default database for a DB cluster, such as the character
|
|
// set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter.
|
|
// You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/)
|
|
// or the DescribeDBClusterParameters command to verify that your DB cluster
|
|
// parameter group has been created or modified.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState"
|
|
// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting
|
|
// to delete the parameter group, you cannot delete it when the parameter group
|
|
// is in this state.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup(input *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute = "ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute for more information on using the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Adds an attribute and values to, or removes an attribute and values from,
|
|
// a manual DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// To share a manual DB cluster snapshot with other AWS accounts, specify restore
|
|
// as the AttributeName and use the ValuesToAdd parameter to add a list of IDs
|
|
// of the AWS accounts that are authorized to restore the manual DB cluster
|
|
// snapshot. Use the value all to make the manual DB cluster snapshot public,
|
|
// which means that it can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts. Do not
|
|
// add the all value for any manual DB cluster snapshots that contain private
|
|
// information that you don't want available to all AWS accounts. If a manual
|
|
// DB cluster snapshot is encrypted, it can be shared, but only by specifying
|
|
// a list of authorized AWS account IDs for the ValuesToAdd parameter. You can't
|
|
// use all as a value for that parameter in this case.
|
|
//
|
|
// To view which AWS accounts have access to copy or restore a manual DB cluster
|
|
// snapshot, or whether a manual DB cluster snapshot public or private, use
|
|
// the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes API action.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault"
|
|
// The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSharedSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SharedSnapshotQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// You have exceeded the maximum number of accounts that you can share a manual
|
|
// DB snapshot with.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute(input *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) (*ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeWithContext is the same as ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyDBInstance = "ModifyDBInstance"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyDBInstance operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyDBInstance for more information on using the ModifyDBInstance
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBInstanceRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyDBInstanceRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBInstance
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBInstanceRequest(input *ModifyDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBInstanceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyDBInstance,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyDBInstanceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyDBInstanceOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies settings for a DB instance. You can change one or more database
|
|
// configuration parameters by specifying these parameters and the new values
|
|
// in the request. To learn what modifications you can make to your DB instance,
|
|
// call DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications before you call ModifyDBInstance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation ModifyDBInstance for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
|
|
// The specified DB instance is not in the available state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSecurityGroupState"
|
|
// The state of the DB security group does not allow deletion.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists"
|
|
// User already has a DB instance with the given identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity"
|
|
// Specified DB instance class is not available in the specified Availability
|
|
// Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available
|
|
// across all DB instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"
|
|
// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created
|
|
// because users' change.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault"
|
|
// Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The specified option group could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBUpgradeDependencyFailureFault "DBUpgradeDependencyFailure"
|
|
// The DB upgrade failed because a resource the DB depends on could not be modified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported"
|
|
// StorageType specified cannot be associated with the DB Instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound"
|
|
// Specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is not authorized for the specified
|
|
// DB security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// RDS may not also be authorized via IAM to perform necessary actions on your
|
|
// behalf.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCertificateNotFoundFault "CertificateNotFound"
|
|
// CertificateIdentifier does not refer to an existing certificate.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault"
|
|
// Domain does not refer to an existing Active Directory Domain.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBInstance
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBInstance(input *ModifyDBInstanceInput) (*ModifyDBInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyDBInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBInstanceWithContext is the same as ModifyDBInstance with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyDBInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyDBParameterGroup = "ModifyDBParameterGroup"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyDBParameterGroup for more information on using the ModifyDBParameterGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBParameterGroupNameMessage) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyDBParameterGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyDBParameterGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DBParameterGroupNameMessage{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group. To modify more than one
|
|
// parameter, submit a list of the following: ParameterName, ParameterValue,
|
|
// and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Changes to dynamic parameters are applied immediately. Changes to static
|
|
// parameters require a reboot without failover to the DB instance associated
|
|
// with the parameter group before the change can take effect.
|
|
//
|
|
// After you modify a DB parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes
|
|
// before creating your first DB instance that uses that DB parameter group
|
|
// as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete
|
|
// the modify action before the parameter group is used as the default for a
|
|
// new DB instance. This is especially important for parameters that are critical
|
|
// when creating the default database for a DB instance, such as the character
|
|
// set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter.
|
|
// You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/)
|
|
// or the DescribeDBParameters command to verify that your DB parameter group
|
|
// has been created or modified.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation ModifyDBParameterGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState"
|
|
// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting
|
|
// to delete the parameter group, you cannot delete it when the parameter group
|
|
// is in this state.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBParameterGroup(input *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) (*DBParameterGroupNameMessage, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyDBParameterGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyDBParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DBParameterGroupNameMessage, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyDBSnapshot = "ModifyDBSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyDBSnapshot for more information on using the ModifyDBSnapshot
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBSnapshotRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyDBSnapshotRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSnapshot
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotRequest(input *ModifyDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyDBSnapshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyDBSnapshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyDBSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Updates a manual DB snapshot, which can be encrypted or not encrypted, with
|
|
// a new engine version.
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon RDS supports upgrading DB snapshots for MySQL and Oracle.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation ModifyDBSnapshot for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound"
|
|
// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSnapshot
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshot(input *ModifyDBSnapshotInput) (*ModifyDBSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyDBSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBSnapshotWithContext is the same as ModifyDBSnapshot with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyDBSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyDBSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyDBSnapshotAttribute = "ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute for more information on using the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(input *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyDBSnapshotAttribute,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Adds an attribute and values to, or removes an attribute and values from,
|
|
// a manual DB snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// To share a manual DB snapshot with other AWS accounts, specify restore as
|
|
// the AttributeName and use the ValuesToAdd parameter to add a list of IDs
|
|
// of the AWS accounts that are authorized to restore the manual DB snapshot.
|
|
// Uses the value all to make the manual DB snapshot public, which means it
|
|
// can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts. Do not add the all value for
|
|
// any manual DB snapshots that contain private information that you don't want
|
|
// available to all AWS accounts. If the manual DB snapshot is encrypted, it
|
|
// can be shared, but only by specifying a list of authorized AWS account IDs
|
|
// for the ValuesToAdd parameter. You can't use all as a value for that parameter
|
|
// in this case.
|
|
//
|
|
// To view which AWS accounts have access to copy or restore a manual DB snapshot,
|
|
// or whether a manual DB snapshot public or private, use the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes
|
|
// API action.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound"
|
|
// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState"
|
|
// The state of the DB snapshot does not allow deletion.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSharedSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SharedSnapshotQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// You have exceeded the maximum number of accounts that you can share a manual
|
|
// DB snapshot with.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute(input *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) (*ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeWithContext is the same as ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyDBSubnetGroup = "ModifyDBSubnetGroup"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyDBSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyDBSubnetGroup for more information on using the ModifyDBSubnetGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSubnetGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyDBSubnetGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies an existing DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least
|
|
// one subnet in at least two AZs in the AWS Region.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation ModifyDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetQuotaExceededFault "DBSubnetQuotaExceededFault"
|
|
// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of subnets in a
|
|
// DB subnet groups.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSubnetAlreadyInUse "SubnetAlreadyInUse"
|
|
// The DB subnet is already in use in the Availability Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs"
|
|
// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones
|
|
// unless there is only one Availability Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
|
|
// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that
|
|
// are not all in a common VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSubnetGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSubnetGroup(input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) (*ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyDBSubnetGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyDBSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSubnetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyEventSubscription = "ModifyEventSubscription"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyEventSubscription operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyEventSubscription for more information on using the ModifyEventSubscription
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyEventSubscription
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyEventSubscription,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyEventSubscriptionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies an existing RDS event notification subscription. Note that you can't
|
|
// modify the source identifiers using this call; to change source identifiers
|
|
// for a subscription, use the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription and RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription
|
|
// calls.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can see a list of the event categories for a given SourceType in the
|
|
// Events (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html)
|
|
// topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories
|
|
// action.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation ModifyEventSubscription for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeEventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault "EventSubscriptionQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// You have reached the maximum number of event subscriptions.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound"
|
|
// The subscription name does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSNSInvalidTopicFault "SNSInvalidTopic"
|
|
// SNS has responded that there is a problem with the SND topic specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSNSNoAuthorizationFault "SNSNoAuthorization"
|
|
// You do not have permission to publish to the SNS topic ARN.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSNSTopicArnNotFoundFault "SNSTopicArnNotFound"
|
|
// The SNS topic ARN does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault "SubscriptionCategoryNotFound"
|
|
// The supplied category does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyEventSubscription
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyEventSubscription(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) (*ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyEventSubscriptionWithContext is the same as ModifyEventSubscription with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyEventSubscription for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyEventSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyOptionGroup = "ModifyOptionGroup"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyOptionGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyOptionGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyOptionGroup for more information on using the ModifyOptionGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyOptionGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyOptionGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyOptionGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyOptionGroupRequest(input *ModifyOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyOptionGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyOptionGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyOptionGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyOptionGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyOptionGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies an existing option group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation ModifyOptionGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidOptionGroupStateFault "InvalidOptionGroupStateFault"
|
|
// The option group is not in the available state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The specified option group could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyOptionGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyOptionGroup(input *ModifyOptionGroupInput) (*ModifyOptionGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyOptionGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyOptionGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyOptionGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyOptionGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyOptionGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyOptionGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyOptionGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyOptionGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opPromoteReadReplica = "PromoteReadReplica"
|
|
|
|
// PromoteReadReplicaRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the PromoteReadReplica operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See PromoteReadReplica for more information on using the PromoteReadReplica
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the PromoteReadReplicaRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.PromoteReadReplicaRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PromoteReadReplica
|
|
func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaRequest(input *PromoteReadReplicaInput) (req *request.Request, output *PromoteReadReplicaOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opPromoteReadReplica,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &PromoteReadReplicaInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &PromoteReadReplicaOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// PromoteReadReplica API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Promotes a Read Replica DB instance to a standalone DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// We recommend that you enable automated backups on your Read Replica before
|
|
// promoting the Read Replica. This ensures that no backup is taken during the
|
|
// promotion process. Once the instance is promoted to a primary instance, backups
|
|
// are taken based on your backup settings.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation PromoteReadReplica for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
|
|
// The specified DB instance is not in the available state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PromoteReadReplica
|
|
func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplica(input *PromoteReadReplicaInput) (*PromoteReadReplicaOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.PromoteReadReplicaRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// PromoteReadReplicaWithContext is the same as PromoteReadReplica with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See PromoteReadReplica for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PromoteReadReplicaInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PromoteReadReplicaOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.PromoteReadReplicaRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opPromoteReadReplicaDBCluster = "PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster"
|
|
|
|
// PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster for more information on using the PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster
|
|
func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(input *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opPromoteReadReplicaDBCluster,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Promotes a Read Replica DB cluster to a standalone DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
|
|
// The DB cluster is not in a valid state.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster
|
|
func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster(input *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) (*PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterWithContext is the same as PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opPurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering = "PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering"
|
|
|
|
// PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering for more information on using the PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering
|
|
func (c *RDS) PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest(input *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opPurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Purchases a reserved DB instance offering.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFoundFault "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFound"
|
|
// Specified offering does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeReservedDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "ReservedDBInstanceAlreadyExists"
|
|
// User already has a reservation with the given identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeReservedDBInstanceQuotaExceededFault "ReservedDBInstanceQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// Request would exceed the user's DB Instance quota.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering
|
|
func (c *RDS) PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering(input *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) (*PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingWithContext is the same as PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRebootDBInstance = "RebootDBInstance"
|
|
|
|
// RebootDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RebootDBInstance operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RebootDBInstance for more information on using the RebootDBInstance
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RebootDBInstanceRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RebootDBInstanceRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RebootDBInstance
|
|
func (c *RDS) RebootDBInstanceRequest(input *RebootDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *RebootDBInstanceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRebootDBInstance,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RebootDBInstanceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RebootDBInstanceOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RebootDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Rebooting a DB instance restarts the database engine service. A reboot also
|
|
// applies to the DB instance any modifications to the associated DB parameter
|
|
// group that were pending. Rebooting a DB instance results in a momentary outage
|
|
// of the instance, during which the DB instance status is set to rebooting.
|
|
// If the RDS instance is configured for MultiAZ, it is possible that the reboot
|
|
// is conducted through a failover. An Amazon RDS event is created when the
|
|
// reboot is completed.
|
|
//
|
|
// If your DB instance is deployed in multiple Availability Zones, you can force
|
|
// a failover from one AZ to the other during the reboot. You might force a
|
|
// failover to test the availability of your DB instance deployment or to restore
|
|
// operations to the original AZ after a failover occurs.
|
|
//
|
|
// The time required to reboot is a function of the specific database engine's
|
|
// crash recovery process. To improve the reboot time, we recommend that you
|
|
// reduce database activities as much as possible during the reboot process
|
|
// to reduce rollback activity for in-transit transactions.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation RebootDBInstance for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
|
|
// The specified DB instance is not in the available state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RebootDBInstance
|
|
func (c *RDS) RebootDBInstance(input *RebootDBInstanceInput) (*RebootDBInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RebootDBInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RebootDBInstanceWithContext is the same as RebootDBInstance with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RebootDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) RebootDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RebootDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RebootDBInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RebootDBInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRemoveRoleFromDBCluster = "RemoveRoleFromDBCluster"
|
|
|
|
// RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RemoveRoleFromDBCluster operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RemoveRoleFromDBCluster for more information on using the RemoveRoleFromDBCluster
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveRoleFromDBCluster
|
|
func (c *RDS) RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest(input *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRemoveRoleFromDBCluster,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RemoveRoleFromDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Disassociates an Identity and Access Management (IAM) role from an Aurora
|
|
// DB cluster. For more information, see Authorizing Amazon Aurora to Access
|
|
// Other AWS Services On Your Behalf (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Authorizing.AWSServices.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation RemoveRoleFromDBCluster for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterRoleNotFoundFault "DBClusterRoleNotFound"
|
|
// The specified IAM role Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is not associated with
|
|
// the specified DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
|
|
// The DB cluster is not in a valid state.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveRoleFromDBCluster
|
|
func (c *RDS) RemoveRoleFromDBCluster(input *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) (*RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RemoveRoleFromDBClusterWithContext is the same as RemoveRoleFromDBCluster with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RemoveRoleFromDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) RemoveRoleFromDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription = "RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription"
|
|
|
|
// RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription for more information on using the RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription
|
|
func (c *RDS) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(input *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Removes a source identifier from an existing RDS event notification subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound"
|
|
// The subscription name does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault "SourceNotFound"
|
|
// The requested source could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription
|
|
func (c *RDS) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription(input *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) (*RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionWithContext is the same as RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRemoveTagsFromResource = "RemoveTagsFromResource"
|
|
|
|
// RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RemoveTagsFromResource operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RemoveTagsFromResource for more information on using the RemoveTagsFromResource
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveTagsFromResource
|
|
func (c *RDS) RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRemoveTagsFromResource,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RemoveTagsFromResourceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RemoveTagsFromResource API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Removes metadata tags from an Amazon RDS resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// For an overview on tagging an Amazon RDS resource, see Tagging Amazon RDS
|
|
// Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.Tagging.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation RemoveTagsFromResource for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound"
|
|
// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveTagsFromResource
|
|
func (c *RDS) RemoveTagsFromResource(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (*RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RemoveTagsFromResourceWithContext is the same as RemoveTagsFromResource with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RemoveTagsFromResource for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) RemoveTagsFromResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opResetDBClusterParameterGroup = "ResetDBClusterParameterGroup"
|
|
|
|
// ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ResetDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ResetDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the ResetDBClusterParameterGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ResetDBClusterParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opResetDBClusterParameterGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ResetDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies the parameters of a DB cluster parameter group to the default value.
|
|
// To reset specific parameters submit a list of the following: ParameterName
|
|
// and ApplyMethod. To reset the entire DB cluster parameter group, specify
|
|
// the DBClusterParameterGroupName and ResetAllParameters parameters.
|
|
//
|
|
// When resetting the entire group, dynamic parameters are updated immediately
|
|
// and static parameters are set to pending-reboot to take effect on the next
|
|
// DB instance restart or RebootDBInstance request. You must call RebootDBInstance
|
|
// for every DB instance in your DB cluster that you want the updated static
|
|
// parameter to apply to.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation ResetDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState"
|
|
// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting
|
|
// to delete the parameter group, you cannot delete it when the parameter group
|
|
// is in this state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ResetDBClusterParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) ResetDBClusterParameterGroup(input *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ResetDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ResetDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ResetDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ResetDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opResetDBParameterGroup = "ResetDBParameterGroup"
|
|
|
|
// ResetDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ResetDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ResetDBParameterGroup for more information on using the ResetDBParameterGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ResetDBParameterGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ResetDBParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(input *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBParameterGroupNameMessage) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opResetDBParameterGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ResetDBParameterGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DBParameterGroupNameMessage{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ResetDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group to the engine/system default
|
|
// value. To reset specific parameters, provide a list of the following: ParameterName
|
|
// and ApplyMethod. To reset the entire DB parameter group, specify the DBParameterGroup
|
|
// name and ResetAllParameters parameters. When resetting the entire group,
|
|
// dynamic parameters are updated immediately and static parameters are set
|
|
// to pending-reboot to take effect on the next DB instance restart or RebootDBInstance
|
|
// request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation ResetDBParameterGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState"
|
|
// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting
|
|
// to delete the parameter group, you cannot delete it when the parameter group
|
|
// is in this state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ResetDBParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *RDS) ResetDBParameterGroup(input *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) (*DBParameterGroupNameMessage, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ResetDBParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ResetDBParameterGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ResetDBParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ResetDBParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ResetDBParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DBParameterGroupNameMessage, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRestoreDBClusterFromS3 = "RestoreDBClusterFromS3"
|
|
|
|
// RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RestoreDBClusterFromS3 operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RestoreDBClusterFromS3 for more information on using the RestoreDBClusterFromS3
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromS3
|
|
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request(input *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRestoreDBClusterFromS3,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RestoreDBClusterFromS3 API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates an Amazon Aurora DB cluster from data stored in an Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
// Amazon RDS must be authorized to access the Amazon S3 bucket and the data
|
|
// must be created using the Percona XtraBackup utility as described in Migrating
|
|
// Data from MySQL by Using an Amazon S3 Bucket (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Migrate.MySQL.html#Aurora.Migrate.MySQL.S3).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation RestoreDBClusterFromS3 for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault"
|
|
// User already has a DB cluster with the given identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterQuotaExceededFault"
|
|
// User attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached
|
|
// the maximum allowed DB cluster quota.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available
|
|
// across all DB instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"
|
|
// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created
|
|
// because users' change.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
|
|
// The DB cluster is not in a valid state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault"
|
|
// The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
|
|
// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that
|
|
// are not all in a common VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidS3BucketFault "InvalidS3BucketFault"
|
|
// The specified Amazon S3 bucket name could not be found or Amazon RDS is not
|
|
// authorized to access the specified Amazon S3 bucket. Verify the SourceS3BucketName
|
|
// and S3IngestionRoleArn values and try again.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBClusterParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB Cluster parameter
|
|
// group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
|
|
// Error accessing KMS key.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity"
|
|
// There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You may be
|
|
// able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different
|
|
// Availability Zones that have more storage available.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromS3
|
|
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromS3(input *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) (*RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RestoreDBClusterFromS3WithContext is the same as RestoreDBClusterFromS3 with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RestoreDBClusterFromS3 for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromS3WithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot = "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
// RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot for more information on using the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot
|
|
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a new DB cluster from a DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// If a DB snapshot is specified, the target DB cluster is created from the
|
|
// source DB snapshot with a default configuration and default security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// If a DB cluster snapshot is specified, the target DB cluster is created from
|
|
// the source DB cluster restore point with the same configuration as the original
|
|
// source DB cluster, except that the new DB cluster is created with the default
|
|
// security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault"
|
|
// User already has a DB cluster with the given identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterQuotaExceededFault"
|
|
// User attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached
|
|
// the maximum allowed DB cluster quota.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available
|
|
// across all DB instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound"
|
|
// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault"
|
|
// The DB cluster does not have enough capacity for the current operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity"
|
|
// There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You may be
|
|
// able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different
|
|
// Availability Zones that have more storage available.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState"
|
|
// The state of the DB snapshot does not allow deletion.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault"
|
|
// The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available
|
|
// across all DB instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"
|
|
// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created
|
|
// because users' change.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault "InvalidRestoreFault"
|
|
// Cannot restore from vpc backup to non-vpc DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
|
|
// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that
|
|
// are not all in a common VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The specified option group could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
|
|
// Error accessing KMS key.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot
|
|
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot(input *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) (*RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotWithContext is the same as RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRestoreDBClusterToPointInTime = "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime"
|
|
|
|
// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime for more information on using the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime
|
|
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRestoreDBClusterToPointInTime,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Restores a DB cluster to an arbitrary point in time. Users can restore to
|
|
// any point in time before LatestRestorableTime for up to BackupRetentionPeriod
|
|
// days. The target DB cluster is created from the source DB cluster with the
|
|
// same configuration as the original DB cluster, except that the new DB cluster
|
|
// is created with the default DB security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// This action only restores the DB cluster, not the DB instances for that DB
|
|
// cluster. You must invoke the CreateDBInstance action to create DB instances
|
|
// for the restored DB cluster, specifying the identifier of the restored DB
|
|
// cluster in DBClusterIdentifier. You can create DB instances only after the
|
|
// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime action has completed and the DB cluster is
|
|
// available.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault"
|
|
// User already has a DB cluster with the given identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterQuotaExceededFault"
|
|
// User attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached
|
|
// the maximum allowed DB cluster quota.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault"
|
|
// The DB cluster does not have enough capacity for the current operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity"
|
|
// There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You may be
|
|
// able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different
|
|
// Availability Zones that have more storage available.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault"
|
|
// The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
|
|
// The DB cluster is not in a valid state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState"
|
|
// The state of the DB snapshot does not allow deletion.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault "InvalidRestoreFault"
|
|
// Cannot restore from vpc backup to non-vpc DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
|
|
// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that
|
|
// are not all in a common VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"
|
|
// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created
|
|
// because users' change.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
|
|
// Error accessing KMS key.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The specified option group could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available
|
|
// across all DB instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime
|
|
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime(input *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) (*RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeWithContext is the same as RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot = "RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
// RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot for more information on using the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot
|
|
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a new DB instance from a DB snapshot. The target database is created
|
|
// from the source database restore point with the most of original configuration
|
|
// with the default security group and the default DB parameter group. By default,
|
|
// the new DB instance is created as a single-AZ deployment except when the
|
|
// instance is a SQL Server instance that has an option group that is associated
|
|
// with mirroring; in this case, the instance becomes a mirrored AZ deployment
|
|
// and not a single-AZ deployment.
|
|
//
|
|
// If your intent is to replace your original DB instance with the new, restored
|
|
// DB instance, then rename your original DB instance before you call the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot
|
|
// action. RDS does not allow two DB instances with the same name. Once you
|
|
// have renamed your original DB instance with a different identifier, then
|
|
// you can pass the original name of the DB instance as the DBInstanceIdentifier
|
|
// in the call to the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot action. The result is
|
|
// that you will replace the original DB instance with the DB instance created
|
|
// from the snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you are restoring from a shared manual DB snapshot, the DBSnapshotIdentifier
|
|
// must be the ARN of the shared DB snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists"
|
|
// User already has a DB instance with the given identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound"
|
|
// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault "InstanceQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity"
|
|
// Specified DB instance class is not available in the specified Availability
|
|
// Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState"
|
|
// The state of the DB snapshot does not allow deletion.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available
|
|
// across all DB instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"
|
|
// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created
|
|
// because users' change.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault "InvalidRestoreFault"
|
|
// Cannot restore from vpc backup to non-vpc DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs"
|
|
// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones
|
|
// unless there is only one Availability Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
|
|
// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that
|
|
// are not all in a common VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault"
|
|
// Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The specified option group could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported"
|
|
// StorageType specified cannot be associated with the DB Instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound"
|
|
// Specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is not authorized for the specified
|
|
// DB security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// RDS may not also be authorized via IAM to perform necessary actions on your
|
|
// behalf.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
|
|
// Error accessing KMS key.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault"
|
|
// Domain does not refer to an existing Active Directory Domain.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot
|
|
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot(input *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) (*RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotWithContext is the same as RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRestoreDBInstanceFromS3 = "RestoreDBInstanceFromS3"
|
|
|
|
// RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 for more information on using the RestoreDBInstanceFromS3
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceFromS3
|
|
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request(input *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRestoreDBInstanceFromS3,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon RDS) supports importing MySQL
|
|
// databases by using backup files. You can create a backup of your on-premises
|
|
// database, store it on Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3), and then
|
|
// restore the backup file onto a new Amazon RDS DB instance running MySQL.
|
|
// For more information, see Importing Data into an Amazon RDS MySQL DB Instance
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/MySQL.Procedural.Importing.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists"
|
|
// User already has a DB instance with the given identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity"
|
|
// Specified DB instance class is not available in the specified Availability
|
|
// Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault "InstanceQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available
|
|
// across all DB instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs"
|
|
// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones
|
|
// unless there is only one Availability Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
|
|
// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that
|
|
// are not all in a common VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"
|
|
// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created
|
|
// because users' change.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidS3BucketFault "InvalidS3BucketFault"
|
|
// The specified Amazon S3 bucket name could not be found or Amazon RDS is not
|
|
// authorized to access the specified Amazon S3 bucket. Verify the SourceS3BucketName
|
|
// and S3IngestionRoleArn values and try again.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault"
|
|
// Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The specified option group could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported"
|
|
// StorageType specified cannot be associated with the DB Instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound"
|
|
// Specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is not authorized for the specified
|
|
// DB security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// RDS may not also be authorized via IAM to perform necessary actions on your
|
|
// behalf.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
|
|
// Error accessing KMS key.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceFromS3
|
|
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromS3(input *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) (*RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RestoreDBInstanceFromS3WithContext is the same as RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromS3WithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime = "RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime"
|
|
|
|
// RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime for more information on using the RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime
|
|
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(input *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Restores a DB instance to an arbitrary point in time. You can restore to
|
|
// any point in time before the time identified by the LatestRestorableTime
|
|
// property. You can restore to a point up to the number of days specified by
|
|
// the BackupRetentionPeriod property.
|
|
//
|
|
// The target database is created with most of the original configuration, but
|
|
// in a system-selected availability zone, with the default security group,
|
|
// the default subnet group, and the default DB parameter group. By default,
|
|
// the new DB instance is created as a single-AZ deployment except when the
|
|
// instance is a SQL Server instance that has an option group that is associated
|
|
// with mirroring; in this case, the instance becomes a mirrored deployment
|
|
// and not a single-AZ deployment.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists"
|
|
// User already has a DB instance with the given identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault "InstanceQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity"
|
|
// Specified DB instance class is not available in the specified Availability
|
|
// Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
|
|
// The specified DB instance is not in the available state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodePointInTimeRestoreNotEnabledFault "PointInTimeRestoreNotEnabled"
|
|
// SourceDBInstanceIdentifier refers to a DB instance with BackupRetentionPeriod
|
|
// equal to 0.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available
|
|
// across all DB instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"
|
|
// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created
|
|
// because users' change.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault "InvalidRestoreFault"
|
|
// Cannot restore from vpc backup to non-vpc DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs"
|
|
// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones
|
|
// unless there is only one Availability Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
|
|
// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that
|
|
// are not all in a common VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault"
|
|
// Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The specified option group could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported"
|
|
// StorageType specified cannot be associated with the DB Instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound"
|
|
// Specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is not authorized for the specified
|
|
// DB security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// RDS may not also be authorized via IAM to perform necessary actions on your
|
|
// behalf.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
|
|
// Error accessing KMS key.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault"
|
|
// Domain does not refer to an existing Active Directory Domain.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime
|
|
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime(input *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) (*RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeWithContext is the same as RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress = "RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress"
|
|
|
|
// RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress for more information on using the RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress
|
|
func (c *RDS) RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (req *request.Request, output *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Revokes ingress from a DBSecurityGroup for previously authorized IP ranges
|
|
// or EC2 or VPC Security Groups. Required parameters for this API are one of
|
|
// CIDRIP, EC2SecurityGroupId for VPC, or (EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either
|
|
// EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound"
|
|
// Specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is not authorized for the specified
|
|
// DB security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// RDS may not also be authorized via IAM to perform necessary actions on your
|
|
// behalf.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSecurityGroupState"
|
|
// The state of the DB security group does not allow deletion.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress
|
|
func (c *RDS) RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress(input *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (*RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressWithContext is the same as RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opStartDBInstance = "StartDBInstance"
|
|
|
|
// StartDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the StartDBInstance operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See StartDBInstance for more information on using the StartDBInstance
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the StartDBInstanceRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.StartDBInstanceRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartDBInstance
|
|
func (c *RDS) StartDBInstanceRequest(input *StartDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartDBInstanceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opStartDBInstance,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &StartDBInstanceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &StartDBInstanceOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// StartDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Starts a DB instance that was stopped using the AWS console, the stop-db-instance
|
|
// AWS CLI command, or the StopDBInstance action. For more information, see
|
|
// Stopping and Starting a DB instance in the AWS RDS user guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation StartDBInstance for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
|
|
// The specified DB instance is not in the available state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity"
|
|
// Specified DB instance class is not available in the specified Availability
|
|
// Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs"
|
|
// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones
|
|
// unless there is only one Availability Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
|
|
// The DB cluster is not in a valid state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
|
|
// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that
|
|
// are not all in a common VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"
|
|
// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created
|
|
// because users' change.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound"
|
|
// Specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is not authorized for the specified
|
|
// DB security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// RDS may not also be authorized via IAM to perform necessary actions on your
|
|
// behalf.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
|
|
// Error accessing KMS key.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartDBInstance
|
|
func (c *RDS) StartDBInstance(input *StartDBInstanceInput) (*StartDBInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.StartDBInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// StartDBInstanceWithContext is the same as StartDBInstance with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See StartDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) StartDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartDBInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.StartDBInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opStopDBInstance = "StopDBInstance"
|
|
|
|
// StopDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the StopDBInstance operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See StopDBInstance for more information on using the StopDBInstance
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the StopDBInstanceRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.StopDBInstanceRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StopDBInstance
|
|
func (c *RDS) StopDBInstanceRequest(input *StopDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopDBInstanceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opStopDBInstance,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &StopDBInstanceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &StopDBInstanceOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// StopDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Stops a DB instance. When you stop a DB instance, Amazon RDS retains the
|
|
// DB instance's metadata, including its endpoint, DB parameter group, and option
|
|
// group membership. Amazon RDS also retains the transaction logs so you can
|
|
// do a point-in-time restore if necessary. For more information, see Stopping
|
|
// and Starting a DB instance in the AWS RDS user guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's
|
|
// API operation StopDBInstance for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
|
|
// The specified DB instance is not in the available state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBSnapshotAlreadyExists"
|
|
// DBSnapshotIdentifier is already used by an existing snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
|
|
// The DB cluster is not in a valid state.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StopDBInstance
|
|
func (c *RDS) StopDBInstance(input *StopDBInstanceInput) (*StopDBInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.StopDBInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// StopDBInstanceWithContext is the same as StopDBInstance with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See StopDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *RDS) StopDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopDBInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.StopDBInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a quota for an AWS account, for example, the number of DB instances
|
|
// allowed.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AccountQuota
|
|
type AccountQuota struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the Amazon RDS quota for this AWS account.
|
|
AccountQuotaName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum allowed value for the quota.
|
|
Max *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount currently used toward the quota maximum.
|
|
Used *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AccountQuota) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AccountQuota) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountQuotaName sets the AccountQuotaName field's value.
|
|
func (s *AccountQuota) SetAccountQuotaName(v string) *AccountQuota {
|
|
s.AccountQuotaName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMax sets the Max field's value.
|
|
func (s *AccountQuota) SetMax(v int64) *AccountQuota {
|
|
s.Max = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUsed sets the Used field's value.
|
|
func (s *AccountQuota) SetUsed(v int64) *AccountQuota {
|
|
s.Used = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddRoleToDBClusterMessage
|
|
type AddRoleToDBClusterInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB cluster to associate the IAM role with.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to associate with the Aurora
|
|
// DB cluster, for example arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AuroraAccessRole.
|
|
//
|
|
// RoleArn is a required field
|
|
RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddRoleToDBClusterInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddRoleToDBClusterInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddRoleToDBClusterInput"}
|
|
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RoleArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *AddRoleToDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *AddRoleToDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.RoleArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddRoleToDBClusterOutput
|
|
type AddRoleToDBClusterOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddRoleToDBClusterOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddRoleToDBClusterOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionMessage
|
|
type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the event source to be added.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the source type is a DB instance, then a DBInstanceIdentifier must
|
|
// be supplied.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the source type is a DB security group, a DBSecurityGroupName must
|
|
// be supplied.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the source type is a DB parameter group, a DBParameterGroupName must
|
|
// be supplied.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the source type is a DB snapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must be
|
|
// supplied.
|
|
//
|
|
// SourceIdentifier is a required field
|
|
SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to add a source
|
|
// identifier to.
|
|
//
|
|
// SubscriptionName is a required field
|
|
SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput"}
|
|
if s.SourceIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SubscriptionName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.SourceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value.
|
|
func (s *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.SubscriptionName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResult
|
|
type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions
|
|
// action.
|
|
EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value.
|
|
func (s *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput {
|
|
s.EventSubscription = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddTagsToResourceMessage
|
|
type AddTagsToResourceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon RDS resource that the tags are added to. This value is an Amazon
|
|
// Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing
|
|
// an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing).
|
|
//
|
|
// ResourceName is a required field
|
|
ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The tags to be assigned to the Amazon RDS resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// Tags is a required field
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddTagsToResourceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddTagsToResourceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddTagsToResourceInput"}
|
|
if s.ResourceName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Tags == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tags"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value.
|
|
func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) SetResourceName(v string) *AddTagsToResourceInput {
|
|
s.ResourceName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *AddTagsToResourceInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddTagsToResourceOutput
|
|
type AddTagsToResourceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddTagsToResourceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddTagsToResourceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionMessage
|
|
type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The pending maintenance action to apply to this resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: system-update, db-upgrade
|
|
//
|
|
// ApplyAction is a required field
|
|
ApplyAction *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that specifies the type of opt-in request, or undoes an opt-in request.
|
|
// An opt-in request of type immediate can't be undone.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values:
|
|
//
|
|
// * immediate - Apply the maintenance action immediately.
|
|
//
|
|
// * next-maintenance - Apply the maintenance action during the next maintenance
|
|
// window for the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * undo-opt-in - Cancel any existing next-maintenance opt-in requests.
|
|
//
|
|
// OptInType is a required field
|
|
OptInType *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that the pending maintenance
|
|
// action applies to. For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing
|
|
// an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing).
|
|
//
|
|
// ResourceIdentifier is a required field
|
|
ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput"}
|
|
if s.ApplyAction == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApplyAction"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.OptInType == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptInType"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ResourceIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetApplyAction sets the ApplyAction field's value.
|
|
func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) SetApplyAction(v string) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput {
|
|
s.ApplyAction = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptInType sets the OptInType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) SetOptInType(v string) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput {
|
|
s.OptInType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceIdentifier sets the ResourceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) SetResourceIdentifier(v string) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput {
|
|
s.ResourceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResult
|
|
type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes the pending maintenance actions for a resource.
|
|
ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourcePendingMaintenanceActions sets the ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions field's value.
|
|
func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) SetResourcePendingMaintenanceActions(v *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput {
|
|
s.ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressMessage
|
|
type AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IP range to authorize.
|
|
CIDRIP *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB security group to add authorization to.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBSecurityGroupName is a required field
|
|
DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Id of the EC2 security group to authorize. For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId
|
|
// must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName
|
|
// or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided.
|
|
EC2SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Name of the EC2 security group to authorize. For VPC DB security groups,
|
|
// EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and
|
|
// either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided.
|
|
EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// AWS account number of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in the
|
|
// EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The AWS Access Key ID is not an acceptable
|
|
// value. For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise,
|
|
// EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId
|
|
// must be provided.
|
|
EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput"}
|
|
if s.DBSecurityGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSecurityGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCIDRIP sets the CIDRIP field's value.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetCIDRIP(v string) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.CIDRIP = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEC2SecurityGroupId sets the EC2SecurityGroupId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupId(v string) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.EC2SecurityGroupId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEC2SecurityGroupName sets the EC2SecurityGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupName(v string) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.EC2SecurityGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId sets the EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId(v string) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResult
|
|
type AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups
|
|
// action.
|
|
DBSecurityGroup *DBSecurityGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSecurityGroup sets the DBSecurityGroup field's value.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) SetDBSecurityGroup(v *DBSecurityGroup) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput {
|
|
s.DBSecurityGroup = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains Availability Zone information.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as an element in the following data type:
|
|
//
|
|
// * OrderableDBInstanceOption
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AvailabilityZone
|
|
type AvailabilityZone struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the availability zone.
|
|
Name *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AvailabilityZone) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AvailabilityZone) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *AvailabilityZone) SetName(v string) *AvailabilityZone {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// A CA certificate for an AWS account.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/Certificate
|
|
type Certificate struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the certificate.
|
|
CertificateArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique key that identifies a certificate.
|
|
CertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of the certificate.
|
|
CertificateType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The thumbprint of the certificate.
|
|
Thumbprint *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The starting date from which the certificate is valid.
|
|
ValidFrom *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The final date that the certificate continues to be valid.
|
|
ValidTill *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Certificate) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Certificate) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCertificateArn sets the CertificateArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *Certificate) SetCertificateArn(v string) *Certificate {
|
|
s.CertificateArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCertificateIdentifier sets the CertificateIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *Certificate) SetCertificateIdentifier(v string) *Certificate {
|
|
s.CertificateIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCertificateType sets the CertificateType field's value.
|
|
func (s *Certificate) SetCertificateType(v string) *Certificate {
|
|
s.CertificateType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetThumbprint sets the Thumbprint field's value.
|
|
func (s *Certificate) SetThumbprint(v string) *Certificate {
|
|
s.Thumbprint = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValidFrom sets the ValidFrom field's value.
|
|
func (s *Certificate) SetValidFrom(v time.Time) *Certificate {
|
|
s.ValidFrom = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValidTill sets the ValidTill field's value.
|
|
func (s *Certificate) SetValidTill(v time.Time) *Certificate {
|
|
s.ValidTill = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the action DescribeDBEngineVersions.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CharacterSet
|
|
type CharacterSet struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the character set.
|
|
CharacterSetDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the character set.
|
|
CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CharacterSet) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CharacterSet) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCharacterSetDescription sets the CharacterSetDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *CharacterSet) SetCharacterSetDescription(v string) *CharacterSet {
|
|
s.CharacterSetDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CharacterSet) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *CharacterSet {
|
|
s.CharacterSetName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterParameterGroupMessage
|
|
type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the source DB cluster parameter
|
|
// group. For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing an RDS Amazon
|
|
// Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing).
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must specify a valid DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the source DB cluster parameter group is in the same AWS Region as
|
|
// the copy, specify a valid DB parameter group identifier, for example my-db-cluster-param-group,
|
|
// or a valid ARN.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the source DB parameter group is in a different AWS Region than the
|
|
// copy, specify a valid DB cluster parameter group ARN, for example arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:123456789012:cluster-pg:custom-cluster-group1.
|
|
//
|
|
// SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field
|
|
SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html).
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A description for the copied DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription is a required field
|
|
TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier for the copied DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be null, empty, or blank
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: my-cluster-param-group1
|
|
//
|
|
// TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field
|
|
TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier sets the SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetSourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription sets the TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription(v string) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier sets the TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterParameterGroupResult
|
|
type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
|
|
// action.
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroup *DBClusterParameterGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterParameterGroup sets the DBClusterParameterGroup field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) SetDBClusterParameterGroup(v *DBClusterParameterGroup) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput {
|
|
s.DBClusterParameterGroup = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterSnapshotMessage
|
|
type CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// True to copy all tags from the source DB cluster snapshot to the target DB
|
|
// cluster snapshot, and otherwise false. The default is false.
|
|
CopyTags *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// DestinationRegion is used for presigning the request to a given region.
|
|
DestinationRegion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted DB cluster snapshot. The KMS key
|
|
// ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key
|
|
// alias for the KMS encryption key.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you copy an unencrypted DB cluster snapshot and specify a value for the
|
|
// KmsKeyId parameter, Amazon RDS encrypts the target DB cluster snapshot using
|
|
// the specified KMS encryption key.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from your AWS account, you can
|
|
// specify a value for KmsKeyId to encrypt the copy with a new KMS encryption
|
|
// key. If you don't specify a value for KmsKeyId, then the copy of the DB cluster
|
|
// snapshot is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot that is shared from another
|
|
// AWS account, then you must specify a value for KmsKeyId.
|
|
//
|
|
// To copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot to another AWS Region, you must
|
|
// set KmsKeyId to the KMS key ID you want to use to encrypt the copy of the
|
|
// DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region. KMS encryption keys are
|
|
// specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you can't use encryption
|
|
// keys from one AWS Region in another AWS Region.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot
|
|
// API action in the AWS Region that contains the source DB cluster snapshot
|
|
// to copy. The PreSignedUrl parameter must be used when copying an encrypted
|
|
// DB cluster snapshot from another AWS Region.
|
|
//
|
|
// The pre-signed URL must be a valid request for the CopyDBSClusterSnapshot
|
|
// API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the
|
|
// encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. The pre-signed URL request must
|
|
// contain the following parameter values:
|
|
//
|
|
// * KmsKeyId - The AWS KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt
|
|
// the copy of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region. This
|
|
// is the same identifier for both the CopyDBClusterSnapshot action that
|
|
// is called in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the
|
|
// pre-signed URL.
|
|
//
|
|
// * DestinationRegion - The name of the AWS Region that the DB cluster snapshot
|
|
// will be created in.
|
|
//
|
|
// * SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier - The DB cluster snapshot identifier
|
|
// for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. This identifier must
|
|
// be in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region.
|
|
// For example, if you are copying an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from
|
|
// the us-west-2 AWS Region, then your SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier
|
|
// looks like the following example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:cluster-snapshot:aurora-cluster1-snapshot-20161115.
|
|
//
|
|
// To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating
|
|
// Requests: Using Query Parameters (AWS Signature Version 4) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html)
|
|
// and Signature Version 4 Signing Process (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html).
|
|
PreSignedUrl *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to copy. This parameter is not
|
|
// case-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can't copy an encrypted, shared DB cluster snapshot from one AWS Region
|
|
// to another.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must specify a valid system snapshot in the "available" state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the source snapshot is in the same AWS Region as the copy, specify
|
|
// a valid DB snapshot identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the source snapshot is in a different AWS Region than the copy, specify
|
|
// a valid DB cluster snapshot ARN. For more information, go to Copying
|
|
// a DB Snapshot or DB Cluster Snapshot (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_CopySnapshot.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: my-cluster-snapshot1
|
|
//
|
|
// SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
|
|
SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// SourceRegion is the source region where the resource exists. This is not
|
|
// sent over the wire and is only used for presigning. This value should always
|
|
// have the same region as the source ARN.
|
|
SourceRegion *string `type:"string" ignore:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html).
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot to create from the source DB
|
|
// cluster snapshot. This parameter is not case-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: my-cluster-snapshot2
|
|
//
|
|
// TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
|
|
TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput"}
|
|
if s.SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCopyTags sets the CopyTags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetCopyTags(v bool) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.CopyTags = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDestinationRegion sets the DestinationRegion field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetDestinationRegion(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.DestinationRegion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreSignedUrl sets the PreSignedUrl field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetPreSignedUrl(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.PreSignedUrl = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceRegion sets the SourceRegion field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetSourceRegion(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.SourceRegion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterSnapshotResult
|
|
type CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB cluster snapshot
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
|
|
// action.
|
|
DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterSnapshot sets the DBClusterSnapshot field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshot(v *DBClusterSnapshot) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput {
|
|
s.DBClusterSnapshot = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBParameterGroupMessage
|
|
type CopyDBParameterGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier or ARN for the source DB parameter group. For information
|
|
// about creating an ARN, see Constructing an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN)
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing).
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must specify a valid DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must specify a valid DB parameter group identifier, for example my-db-param-group,
|
|
// or a valid ARN.
|
|
//
|
|
// SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field
|
|
SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html).
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A description for the copied DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// TargetDBParameterGroupDescription is a required field
|
|
TargetDBParameterGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier for the copied DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be null, empty, or blank
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: my-db-parameter-group
|
|
//
|
|
// TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field
|
|
TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBParameterGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBParameterGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TargetDBParameterGroupDescription == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBParameterGroupDescription"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier sets the SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) SetSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyDBParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetDBParameterGroupDescription sets the TargetDBParameterGroupDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) SetTargetDBParameterGroupDescription(v string) *CopyDBParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.TargetDBParameterGroupDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier sets the TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) SetTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBParameterGroupResult
|
|
type CopyDBParameterGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups
|
|
// action.
|
|
DBParameterGroup *DBParameterGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBParameterGroup sets the DBParameterGroup field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) SetDBParameterGroup(v *DBParameterGroup) *CopyDBParameterGroupOutput {
|
|
s.DBParameterGroup = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBSnapshotMessage
|
|
type CopyDBSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// True to copy all tags from the source DB snapshot to the target DB snapshot,
|
|
// and otherwise false. The default is false.
|
|
CopyTags *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// DestinationRegion is used for presigning the request to a given region.
|
|
DestinationRegion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted DB snapshot. The KMS key ID is the Amazon
|
|
// Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS
|
|
// encryption key.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from your AWS account, you can specify
|
|
// a value for this parameter to encrypt the copy with a new KMS encryption
|
|
// key. If you don't specify a value for this parameter, then the copy of the
|
|
// DB snapshot is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you copy an encrypted DB snapshot that is shared from another AWS account,
|
|
// then you must specify a value for this parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify this parameter when you copy an unencrypted snapshot, the
|
|
// copy is encrypted.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you copy an encrypted snapshot to a different AWS Region, then you must
|
|
// specify a KMS key for the destination AWS Region. KMS encryption keys are
|
|
// specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you can't use encryption
|
|
// keys from one AWS Region in another AWS Region.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of an option group to associate with the copy of the snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// Specify this option if you are copying a snapshot from one AWS Region to
|
|
// another, and your DB instance uses a nondefault option group. If your source
|
|
// DB instance uses Transparent Data Encryption for Oracle or Microsoft SQL
|
|
// Server, you must specify this option when copying across AWS Regions. For
|
|
// more information, see Option Group Considerations (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_CopySnapshot.html#USER_CopySnapshot.Options).
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the CopyDBSnapshot
|
|
// API action in the source AWS Region that contains the source DB snapshot
|
|
// to copy.
|
|
//
|
|
// You must specify this parameter when you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from
|
|
// another AWS Region by using the Amazon RDS API. You can specify the --source-region
|
|
// option instead of this parameter when you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from
|
|
// another AWS Region by using the AWS CLI.
|
|
//
|
|
// The presigned URL must be a valid request for the CopyDBSnapshot API action
|
|
// that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted
|
|
// DB snapshot to be copied. The presigned URL request must contain the following
|
|
// parameter values:
|
|
//
|
|
// * DestinationRegion - The AWS Region that the encrypted DB snapshot is
|
|
// copied to. This AWS Region is the same one where the CopyDBSnapshot action
|
|
// is called that contains this presigned URL.
|
|
//
|
|
// For example, if you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from the us-west-2 AWS
|
|
// Region to the us-east-1 AWS Region, then you call the CopyDBSnapshot action
|
|
// in the us-east-1 AWS Region and provide a presigned URL that contains
|
|
// a call to the CopyDBSnapshot action in the us-west-2 AWS Region. For this
|
|
// example, the DestinationRegion in the presigned URL must be set to the
|
|
// us-east-1 AWS Region.
|
|
//
|
|
// * KmsKeyId - The AWS KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt
|
|
// the copy of the DB snapshot in the destination AWS Region. This is the
|
|
// same identifier for both the CopyDBSnapshot action that is called in the
|
|
// destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the presigned URL.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// * SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier - The DB snapshot identifier for the encrypted
|
|
// snapshot to be copied. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource
|
|
// Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For example, if you are copying
|
|
// an encrypted DB snapshot from the us-west-2 AWS Region, then your SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier
|
|
// looks like the following example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20161115.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating
|
|
// Requests: Using Query Parameters (AWS Signature Version 4) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html)
|
|
// and Signature Version 4 Signing Process (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html).
|
|
PreSignedUrl *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier for the source DB snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// If the source snapshot is in the same AWS Region as the copy, specify a valid
|
|
// DB snapshot identifier. For example, you might specify rds:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20130805.
|
|
//
|
|
// If the source snapshot is in a different AWS Region than the copy, specify
|
|
// a valid DB snapshot ARN. For example, you might specify arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20130805.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you are copying from a shared manual DB snapshot, this parameter must
|
|
// be the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the shared DB snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you are copying an encrypted snapshot this parameter must be in the ARN
|
|
// format for the source AWS Region, and must match the SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier
|
|
// in the PreSignedUrl parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must specify a valid system snapshot in the "available" state.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: rds:mydb-2012-04-02-00-01
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20130805
|
|
//
|
|
// SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
|
|
SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// SourceRegion is the source region where the resource exists. This is not
|
|
// sent over the wire and is only used for presigning. This value should always
|
|
// have the same region as the source ARN.
|
|
SourceRegion *string `type:"string" ignore:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html).
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier for the copy of the snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be null, empty, or blank
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: my-db-snapshot
|
|
//
|
|
// TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
|
|
TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBSnapshotInput"}
|
|
if s.SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCopyTags sets the CopyTags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetCopyTags(v bool) *CopyDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.CopyTags = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDestinationRegion sets the DestinationRegion field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetDestinationRegion(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.DestinationRegion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.OptionGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreSignedUrl sets the PreSignedUrl field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetPreSignedUrl(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.PreSignedUrl = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceRegion sets the SourceRegion field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetSourceRegion(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.SourceRegion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBSnapshotResult
|
|
type CopyDBSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action.
|
|
DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSnapshot sets the DBSnapshot field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBSnapshotOutput) SetDBSnapshot(v *DBSnapshot) *CopyDBSnapshotOutput {
|
|
s.DBSnapshot = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyOptionGroupMessage
|
|
type CopyOptionGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier or ARN for the source option group. For information about
|
|
// creating an ARN, see Constructing an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing).
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must specify a valid option group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the source option group is in the same AWS Region as the copy, specify
|
|
// a valid option group identifier, for example my-option-group, or a valid
|
|
// ARN.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the source option group is in a different AWS Region than the copy,
|
|
// specify a valid option group ARN, for example arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:og:special-options.
|
|
//
|
|
// SourceOptionGroupIdentifier is a required field
|
|
SourceOptionGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html).
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The description for the copied option group.
|
|
//
|
|
// TargetOptionGroupDescription is a required field
|
|
TargetOptionGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier for the copied option group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be null, empty, or blank
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: my-option-group
|
|
//
|
|
// TargetOptionGroupIdentifier is a required field
|
|
TargetOptionGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyOptionGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyOptionGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CopyOptionGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyOptionGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.SourceOptionGroupIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceOptionGroupIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TargetOptionGroupDescription == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetOptionGroupDescription"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TargetOptionGroupIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetOptionGroupIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceOptionGroupIdentifier sets the SourceOptionGroupIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyOptionGroupInput) SetSourceOptionGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyOptionGroupInput {
|
|
s.SourceOptionGroupIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyOptionGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyOptionGroupInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetOptionGroupDescription sets the TargetOptionGroupDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyOptionGroupInput) SetTargetOptionGroupDescription(v string) *CopyOptionGroupInput {
|
|
s.TargetOptionGroupDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetOptionGroupIdentifier sets the TargetOptionGroupIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyOptionGroupInput) SetTargetOptionGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyOptionGroupInput {
|
|
s.TargetOptionGroupIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyOptionGroupResult
|
|
type CopyOptionGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
OptionGroup *OptionGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyOptionGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionGroup sets the OptionGroup field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyOptionGroupOutput) SetOptionGroup(v *OptionGroup) *CopyOptionGroupOutput {
|
|
s.OptionGroup = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterMessage
|
|
type CreateDBClusterInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster can be
|
|
// created in. For information on AWS Regions and Availability Zones, see Regions
|
|
// and Availability Zones (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html).
|
|
AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of days for which automated backups are retained. You must specify
|
|
// a minimum value of 1.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 1
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be a value from 1 to 35
|
|
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the
|
|
// specified CharacterSet.
|
|
CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB cluster identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: my-cluster1
|
|
//
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with this DB cluster.
|
|
// If this argument is omitted, default.aurora5.6 is used.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup.
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A DB subnet group to associate with this DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Must not be
|
|
// default.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: mySubnetgroup
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name for your database of up to 64 alpha-numeric characters. If you do
|
|
// not provide a name, Amazon RDS will not create a database in the DB cluster
|
|
// you are creating.
|
|
DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// DestinationRegion is used for presigning the request to a given region.
|
|
DestinationRegion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts
|
|
// to database accounts, and otherwise false.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: aurora, aurora-postgresql
|
|
//
|
|
// Engine is a required field
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The version number of the database engine to use.
|
|
//
|
|
// Aurora
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 5.6.10a
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption
|
|
// key. If you are creating a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns
|
|
// the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use
|
|
// the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key.
|
|
//
|
|
// If an encryption key is not specified in KmsKeyId:
|
|
//
|
|
// * If ReplicationSourceIdentifier identifies an encrypted source, then
|
|
// Amazon RDS will use the encryption key used to encrypt the source. Otherwise,
|
|
// Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true and ReplicationSourceIdentifier
|
|
// is not specified, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key.
|
|
//
|
|
// AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS
|
|
// account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you create a Read Replica of an encrypted DB cluster in another AWS Region,
|
|
// you must set KmsKeyId to a KMS key ID that is valid in the destination AWS
|
|
// Region. This key is used to encrypt the Read Replica in that AWS Region.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The password for the master database user. This password can contain any
|
|
// printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@".
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
|
|
MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the master user for the DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
|
|
MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the
|
|
// specified option group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Permanent options can't be removed from an option group. The option group
|
|
// can't be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster.
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port number on which the instances in the DB cluster accept connections.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 3306
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// A URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the CreateDBCluster
|
|
// action to be called in the source AWS Region where the DB cluster is replicated
|
|
// from. You only need to specify PreSignedUrl when you are performing cross-region
|
|
// replication from an encrypted DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// The pre-signed URL must be a valid request for the CreateDBCluster API action
|
|
// that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted
|
|
// DB cluster to be copied.
|
|
//
|
|
// The pre-signed URL request must contain the following parameter values:
|
|
//
|
|
// * KmsKeyId - The AWS KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt
|
|
// the copy of the DB cluster in the destination AWS Region. This should
|
|
// refer to the same KMS key for both the CreateDBCluster action that is
|
|
// called in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the
|
|
// pre-signed URL.
|
|
//
|
|
// * DestinationRegion - The name of the AWS Region that Aurora Read Replica
|
|
// will be created in.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ReplicationSourceIdentifier - The DB cluster identifier for the encrypted
|
|
// DB cluster to be copied. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource
|
|
// Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For example, if you are copying
|
|
// an encrypted DB cluster from the us-west-2 AWS Region, then your ReplicationSourceIdentifier
|
|
// would look like Example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:cluster:aurora-cluster1.
|
|
//
|
|
// To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating
|
|
// Requests: Using Query Parameters (AWS Signature Version 4) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html)
|
|
// and Signature Version 4 Signing Process (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html).
|
|
PreSignedUrl *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
|
|
// backups are enabled using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block
|
|
// of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting
|
|
// the Preferred Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be at least 30 minutes.
|
|
PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal
|
|
// Coordinated Time (UTC).
|
|
//
|
|
// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
|
|
//
|
|
// The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block
|
|
// of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see
|
|
// the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
|
|
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the source DB instance or DB cluster if
|
|
// this DB cluster is created as a Read Replica.
|
|
ReplicationSourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// SourceRegion is the source region where the resource exists. This is not
|
|
// sent over the wire and is only used for presigning. This value should always
|
|
// have the same region as the source ARN.
|
|
SourceRegion *string `type:"string" ignore:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether the DB cluster is encrypted.
|
|
StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html).
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB cluster.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBClusterInput"}
|
|
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Engine == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZones = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.CharacterSetName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.DatabaseName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDestinationRegion sets the DestinationRegion field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDestinationRegion(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.DestinationRegion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEngine(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.Engine = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.EngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.MasterUserPassword = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetMasterUsername(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.MasterUsername = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.OptionGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPort(v int64) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreSignedUrl sets the PreSignedUrl field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPreSignedUrl(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.PreSignedUrl = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationSourceIdentifier sets the ReplicationSourceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetReplicationSourceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.ReplicationSourceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceRegion sets the SourceRegion field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetSourceRegion(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.SourceRegion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.StorageEncrypted = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterResult
|
|
type CreateDBClusterOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action.
|
|
DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *CreateDBClusterOutput {
|
|
s.DBCluster = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterParameterGroupMessage
|
|
type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup.
|
|
//
|
|
// This value is stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB cluster parameter group family name. A DB cluster parameter group
|
|
// can be associated with one and only one DB cluster parameter group family,
|
|
// and can be applied only to a DB cluster running a database engine and engine
|
|
// version compatible with that DB cluster parameter group family.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field
|
|
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The description for the DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Description is a required field
|
|
Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html).
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Description == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Description"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterParameterGroupResult
|
|
type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
|
|
// action.
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroup *DBClusterParameterGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterParameterGroup sets the DBClusterParameterGroup field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) SetDBClusterParameterGroup(v *DBClusterParameterGroup) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput {
|
|
s.DBClusterParameterGroup = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterSnapshotMessage
|
|
type CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the DB cluster to create a snapshot for. This parameter
|
|
// is not case-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: my-cluster1
|
|
//
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot. This parameter is stored as a
|
|
// lowercase string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: my-cluster1-snapshot1
|
|
//
|
|
// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The tags to be assigned to the DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput"}
|
|
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterSnapshotResult
|
|
type CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB cluster snapshot
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
|
|
// action.
|
|
DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterSnapshot sets the DBClusterSnapshot field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshot(v *DBClusterSnapshot) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput {
|
|
s.DBClusterSnapshot = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstanceMessage
|
|
type CreateDBInstanceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount of storage (in gigabytes) to be initially allocated for the DB
|
|
// instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Type: Integer
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon Aurora
|
|
//
|
|
// Not applicable. Aurora cluster volumes automatically grow as the amount of
|
|
// data in your database increases, though you are only charged for the space
|
|
// that you use in an Aurora cluster volume.
|
|
//
|
|
// MySQL
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following:
|
|
//
|
|
// * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 5 to 6144.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 6144.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072.
|
|
//
|
|
// MariaDB
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following:
|
|
//
|
|
// * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 5 to 6144.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 6144.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072.
|
|
//
|
|
// PostgreSQL
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following:
|
|
//
|
|
// * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 5 to 6144.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 6144.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072.
|
|
//
|
|
// Oracle
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following:
|
|
//
|
|
// * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 10 to 6144.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 6144.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 10 to 3072.
|
|
//
|
|
// SQL Server
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following:
|
|
//
|
|
// * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2):
|
|
//
|
|
// Enterprise and Standard editions: Must be an integer from 200 to 16384.
|
|
//
|
|
// Web and Express editions: Must be an integer from 20 to 16384.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1):
|
|
//
|
|
// Enterprise and Standard editions: Must be an integer from 200 to 16384.
|
|
//
|
|
// Web and Express editions: Must be an integer from 100 to 16384.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Magnetic storage (standard):
|
|
//
|
|
// Enterprise and Standard editions: Must be an integer from 200 to 1024.
|
|
//
|
|
// Web and Express editions: Must be an integer from 20 to 1024.
|
|
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates that minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB
|
|
// instance during the maintenance window.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: true
|
|
AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The EC2 Availability Zone that the DB instance is created in. For information
|
|
// on AWS Regions and Availability Zones, see Regions and Availability Zones
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's AWS
|
|
// Region.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: us-east-1d
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraint: The AvailabilityZone parameter can't be specified if the MultiAZ
|
|
// parameter is set to true. The specified Availability Zone must be in the
|
|
// same AWS Region as the current endpoint.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of days for which automated backups are retained. Setting this
|
|
// parameter to a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to
|
|
// 0 disables automated backups.
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon Aurora
|
|
//
|
|
// Not applicable. The retention period for automated backups is managed by
|
|
// the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 1
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be a value from 0 to 35
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be set to 0 if the DB instance is a source to Read Replicas
|
|
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// For supported engines, indicates that the DB instance should be associated
|
|
// with the specified CharacterSet.
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon Aurora
|
|
//
|
|
// Not applicable. The character set is managed by the DB cluster. For more
|
|
// information, see CreateDBCluster.
|
|
CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// True to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance,
|
|
// and otherwise false. The default is false.
|
|
CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the DB cluster that the instance will belong to.
|
|
//
|
|
// For information on creating a DB cluster, see CreateDBCluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Type: String
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, db.m4.large.
|
|
// Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or for all
|
|
// database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability
|
|
// for your engine, see DB Instance Class (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBInstanceClass is a required field
|
|
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: mydbinstance
|
|
//
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine you
|
|
// use.
|
|
//
|
|
// Type: String
|
|
//
|
|
// MySQL
|
|
//
|
|
// The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this
|
|
// parameter is not specified, no database is created in the DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain 1 to 64 letters or numbers.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine
|
|
//
|
|
// MariaDB
|
|
//
|
|
// The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this
|
|
// parameter is not specified, no database is created in the DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain 1 to 64 letters or numbers.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine
|
|
//
|
|
// PostgreSQL
|
|
//
|
|
// The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this
|
|
// parameter is not specified, the default "postgres" database is created in
|
|
// the DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or underscores.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must begin with a letter or an underscore. Subsequent characters can
|
|
// be letters, underscores, or digits (0-9).
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine
|
|
//
|
|
// Oracle
|
|
//
|
|
// The Oracle System ID (SID) of the created DB instance. If you specify null,
|
|
// the default value ORCL is used. You can't specify the string NULL, or any
|
|
// other reserved word, for DBName.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: ORCL
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be longer than 8 characters
|
|
//
|
|
// SQL Server
|
|
//
|
|
// Not applicable. Must be null.
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon Aurora
|
|
//
|
|
// The name of the database to create when the primary instance of the DB cluster
|
|
// is created. If this parameter is not specified, no database is created in
|
|
// the DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain 1 to 64 letters or numbers.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine
|
|
DBName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance. If
|
|
// this argument is omitted, the default DBParameterGroup for the specified
|
|
// engine is used.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of DB security groups to associate with this DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The default DB security group for the database engine.
|
|
DBSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A DB subnet group to associate with this DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// If there is no DB subnet group, then it is a non-VPC DB instance.
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specify the Active Directory Domain to create the instance in.
|
|
Domain *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the
|
|
// Directory Service.
|
|
DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts
|
|
// to database accounts, and otherwise false.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines:
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon Aurora
|
|
//
|
|
// Not applicable. Mapping AWS IAM accounts to database accounts is managed
|
|
// by the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// MySQL
|
|
//
|
|
// * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher
|
|
//
|
|
// * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// True to enable Performance Insights for the DB instance, and otherwise false.
|
|
EnablePerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the database engine to be used for this instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Not every database engine is available for every AWS Region.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values:
|
|
//
|
|
// * aurora
|
|
//
|
|
// * aurora-postgresql
|
|
//
|
|
// * mariadb
|
|
//
|
|
// * mysql
|
|
//
|
|
// * oracle-ee
|
|
//
|
|
// * oracle-se2
|
|
//
|
|
// * oracle-se1
|
|
//
|
|
// * oracle-se
|
|
//
|
|
// * postgres
|
|
//
|
|
// * sqlserver-ee
|
|
//
|
|
// * sqlserver-se
|
|
//
|
|
// * sqlserver-ex
|
|
//
|
|
// * sqlserver-web
|
|
//
|
|
// Engine is a required field
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The version number of the database engine to use.
|
|
//
|
|
// The following are the database engines and major and minor versions that
|
|
// are available with Amazon RDS. Not every database engine is available for
|
|
// every AWS Region.
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon Aurora
|
|
//
|
|
// Not applicable. The version number of the database engine to be used by the
|
|
// DB instance is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// MariaDB
|
|
//
|
|
// * 10.1.23 (supported in all AWS Regions)
|
|
//
|
|
// * 10.1.19 (supported in all AWS Regions)
|
|
//
|
|
// * 10.1.14 (supported in all AWS Regions except us-east-2)
|
|
//
|
|
// 10.0.31 (supported in all AWS Regions)
|
|
//
|
|
// * 10.0.28 (supported in all AWS Regions)
|
|
//
|
|
// * 10.0.24 (supported in all AWS Regions)
|
|
//
|
|
// * 10.0.17 (supported in all AWS Regions except us-east-2, ca-central-1,
|
|
// eu-west-2)
|
|
//
|
|
// Microsoft SQL Server 2016
|
|
//
|
|
// 13.00.4422.0.v1 (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions)
|
|
//
|
|
// * 13.00.2164.0.v1 (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions)
|
|
//
|
|
// Microsoft SQL Server 2014
|
|
//
|
|
// 12.00.5546.0.v1 (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions)
|
|
//
|
|
// * 12.00.5000.0.v1 (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions)
|
|
//
|
|
// * 12.00.4422.0.v1 (supported for all editions except Enterprise Edition,
|
|
// and all AWS Regions except ca-central-1 and eu-west-2)
|
|
//
|
|
// Microsoft SQL Server 2012
|
|
//
|
|
// 11.00.6594.0.v1 (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions)
|
|
//
|
|
// * 11.00.6020.0.v1 (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions)
|
|
//
|
|
// * 11.00.5058.0.v1 (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions except
|
|
// us-east-2, ca-central-1, and eu-west-2)
|
|
//
|
|
// * 11.00.2100.60.v1 (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions except
|
|
// us-east-2, ca-central-1, and eu-west-2)
|
|
//
|
|
// Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2
|
|
//
|
|
// 10.50.6529.0.v1 (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions except us-east-2,
|
|
// ca-central-1, and eu-west-2)
|
|
//
|
|
// * 10.50.6000.34.v1 (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions except
|
|
// us-east-2, ca-central-1, and eu-west-2)
|
|
//
|
|
// * 10.50.2789.0.v1 (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions except
|
|
// us-east-2, ca-central-1, and eu-west-2)
|
|
//
|
|
// MySQL
|
|
//
|
|
// 5.7.19 (supported in all AWS regions)
|
|
//
|
|
// * 5.7.17 (supported in all AWS regions)
|
|
//
|
|
// * 5.7.16 (supported in all AWS regions)
|
|
//
|
|
// * 5.6.37 (supported in all AWS Regions)
|
|
//
|
|
// * 5.6.35 (supported in all AWS Regions)
|
|
//
|
|
// * 5.6.34 (supported in all AWS Regions)
|
|
//
|
|
// * 5.6.29 (supported in all AWS Regions)
|
|
//
|
|
// * 5.6.27 (supported in all AWS Regions except us-east-2, ca-central-1,
|
|
// eu-west-2)
|
|
//
|
|
// 5.5.57(supported in all AWS Regions)
|
|
//
|
|
// 5.5.54(supported in all AWS Regions)
|
|
//
|
|
// 5.5.53(supported in all AWS Regions)
|
|
//
|
|
// 5.5.46(supported in all AWS Regions)
|
|
//
|
|
// Oracle 12c
|
|
//
|
|
// 12.1.0.2.v9(supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1)
|
|
//
|
|
// 12.1.0.2.v8(supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1)
|
|
//
|
|
// 12.1.0.2.v7(supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1)
|
|
//
|
|
// 12.1.0.2.v6(supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1)
|
|
//
|
|
// 12.1.0.2.v5(supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1)
|
|
//
|
|
// 12.1.0.2.v4(supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1)
|
|
//
|
|
// 12.1.0.2.v3(supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1)
|
|
//
|
|
// 12.1.0.2.v2(supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1)
|
|
//
|
|
// 12.1.0.2.v1(supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1)
|
|
//
|
|
// Oracle 11g
|
|
//
|
|
// 11.2.0.4.v13(supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions)
|
|
//
|
|
// 11.2.0.4.v12(supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions)
|
|
//
|
|
// 11.2.0.4.v11(supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions)
|
|
//
|
|
// 11.2.0.4.v10(supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions)
|
|
//
|
|
// 11.2.0.4.v9(supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions)
|
|
//
|
|
// 11.2.0.4.v8(supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions)
|
|
//
|
|
// 11.2.0.4.v7(supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions)
|
|
//
|
|
// 11.2.0.4.v6(supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions)
|
|
//
|
|
// 11.2.0.4.v5(supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions)
|
|
//
|
|
// 11.2.0.4.v4(supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions)
|
|
//
|
|
// 11.2.0.4.v3(supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions)
|
|
//
|
|
// 11.2.0.4.v1(supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions)
|
|
//
|
|
// PostgreSQL
|
|
//
|
|
// Version 9.6.x: 9.6.5 | 9.6.3 | 9.6.2 | 9.6.1
|
|
//
|
|
// Version 9.5.x: 9.5.9 | 9.5.7 | 9.5.6 | 9.5.4 | 9.5.2
|
|
//
|
|
// Version 9.4.x: 9.4.14 | 9.4.12 | 9.4.11 | 9.4.9 | 9.4.7
|
|
//
|
|
// Version 9.3.x: 9.3.19 | 9.3.17 | 9.3.16 | 9.3.14 | 9.3.12
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be
|
|
// initially allocated for the DB instance. For information about valid Iops
|
|
// values, see see Amazon RDS Provisioned IOPS Storage to Improve Performance
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Storage.html#USER_PIOPS).
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be a multiple between 3 and 10 of the storage amount for
|
|
// the DB instance. Must also be an integer multiple of 1000. For example, if
|
|
// the size of your DB instance is 500 GB, then your Iops value can be 2000,
|
|
// 3000, 4000, or 5000.
|
|
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption
|
|
// key. If you are creating a DB instance with the same AWS account that owns
|
|
// the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB instance, then you can
|
|
// use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key.
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon Aurora
|
|
//
|
|
// Not applicable. The KMS key identifier is managed by the DB cluster. For
|
|
// more information, see CreateDBCluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true, and you do not specify a value
|
|
// for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption
|
|
// key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your
|
|
// AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// License model information for this DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license
|
|
LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The password for the master user. The password can include any printable
|
|
// ASCII character except "/", """, or "@".
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon Aurora
|
|
//
|
|
// Not applicable. The password for the master user is managed by the DB cluster.
|
|
// For more information, see CreateDBCluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// MariaDB
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
|
|
//
|
|
// Microsoft SQL Server
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters.
|
|
//
|
|
// MySQL
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
|
|
//
|
|
// Oracle
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 30 characters.
|
|
//
|
|
// PostgreSQL
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters.
|
|
MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name for the master user.
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon Aurora
|
|
//
|
|
// Not applicable. The name for the master user is managed by the DB cluster.
|
|
// For more information, see CreateDBCluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// MariaDB
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Required for MariaDB.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
|
|
//
|
|
// Microsoft SQL Server
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Required for SQL Server.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be 1 to 128 letters or numbers.
|
|
//
|
|
// * The first character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
|
|
//
|
|
// MySQL
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Required for MySQL.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
|
|
//
|
|
// Oracle
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Required for Oracle.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be 1 to 30 letters or numbers.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
|
|
//
|
|
// PostgreSQL
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Required for PostgreSQL.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be 1 to 63 letters or numbers.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
|
|
MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics
|
|
// are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring
|
|
// metrics, specify 0. The default is 0.
|
|
//
|
|
// If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval
|
|
// to a value other than 0.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60
|
|
MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics
|
|
// to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess.
|
|
// For information on creating a monitoring role, go to Setting Up and Enabling
|
|
// Enhanced Monitoring (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling).
|
|
//
|
|
// If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply
|
|
// a MonitoringRoleArn value.
|
|
MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. You can't set the
|
|
// AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is set to true.
|
|
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the specified option
|
|
// group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE,
|
|
// can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed
|
|
// from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The
|
|
// KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the
|
|
// KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key.
|
|
PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port number on which the database accepts connections.
|
|
//
|
|
// MySQL
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 3306
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 1150-65535
|
|
//
|
|
// Type: Integer
|
|
//
|
|
// MariaDB
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 3306
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 1150-65535
|
|
//
|
|
// Type: Integer
|
|
//
|
|
// PostgreSQL
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 5432
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 1150-65535
|
|
//
|
|
// Type: Integer
|
|
//
|
|
// Oracle
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 1521
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 1150-65535
|
|
//
|
|
// SQL Server
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 1433
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 1150-65535 except for 1434, 3389, 47001, 49152, and 49152 through
|
|
// 49156.
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon Aurora
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 3306
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 1150-65535
|
|
//
|
|
// Type: Integer
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
|
|
// backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. For more
|
|
// information, see The Backup Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.html#USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.BackupWindow).
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon Aurora
|
|
//
|
|
// Not applicable. The daily time range for creating automated backups is managed
|
|
// by the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block
|
|
// of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting
|
|
// the Preferred DB Instance Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow).
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be at least 30 minutes.
|
|
PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The time range each week during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal
|
|
// Coordinated Time (UTC). For more information, see Amazon RDS Maintenance
|
|
// Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#Concepts.DBMaintenance).
|
|
//
|
|
// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
|
|
//
|
|
// The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block
|
|
// of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
|
|
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to
|
|
// the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For
|
|
// more information, see Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Managing.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance).
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 1
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 0 - 15
|
|
PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true
|
|
// specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name,
|
|
// which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal
|
|
// instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been
|
|
// requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Default VPC: true
|
|
//
|
|
// * VPC: false
|
|
//
|
|
// If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible
|
|
// value has not been set, the DB instance is publicly accessible. If a specific
|
|
// DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible
|
|
// value has not been set, the DB instance is private.
|
|
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether the DB instance is encrypted.
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon Aurora
|
|
//
|
|
// Not applicable. The encryption for DB instances is managed by the DB cluster.
|
|
// For more information, see CreateDBCluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified, otherwise standard
|
|
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html).
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption.
|
|
TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the
|
|
// device.
|
|
TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The time zone of the DB instance. The time zone parameter is currently supported
|
|
// only by Microsoft SQL Server (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_SQLServer.html#SQLServer.Concepts.General.TimeZone).
|
|
Timezone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon Aurora
|
|
//
|
|
// Not applicable. The associated list of EC2 VPC security groups is managed
|
|
// by the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The default EC2 VPC security group for the DB subnet group's VPC.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBInstanceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBInstanceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBInstanceInput"}
|
|
if s.DBInstanceClass == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceClass"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Engine == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.AllocatedStorage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.CharacterSetName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.DBInstanceClass = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBName sets the DBName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.DBName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.DBParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSecurityGroups sets the DBSecurityGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBSecurityGroups(v []*string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.DBSecurityGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDomain(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.Domain = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnablePerformanceInsights sets the EnablePerformanceInsights field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEnablePerformanceInsights(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.EnablePerformanceInsights = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEngine(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.Engine = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.EngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIops sets the Iops field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetIops(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.Iops = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.LicenseModel = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.MasterUserPassword = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMasterUsername(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.MasterUsername = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.MonitoringInterval = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.MultiAZ = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.OptionGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId sets the PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPort(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.PromotionTier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.PubliclyAccessible = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.StorageEncrypted = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetStorageType(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.StorageType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.TdeCredentialArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTdeCredentialPassword sets the TdeCredentialPassword field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetTdeCredentialPassword(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.TdeCredentialPassword = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTimezone sets the Timezone field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetTimezone(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.Timezone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstanceResult
|
|
type CreateDBInstanceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
|
|
DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBInstanceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *CreateDBInstanceOutput {
|
|
s.DBInstance = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaMessage
|
|
type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates that minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the Read
|
|
// Replica during the maintenance window.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Inherits from the source DB instance
|
|
AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon EC2 Availability Zone that the Read Replica is created in.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's AWS
|
|
// Region.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: us-east-1d
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// True to copy all tags from the Read Replica to snapshots of the Read Replica,
|
|
// and otherwise false. The default is false.
|
|
CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The compute and memory capacity of the Read Replica, for example, db.m4.large.
|
|
// Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or for all
|
|
// database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability
|
|
// for your engine, see DB Instance Class (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Inherits from the source DB instance.
|
|
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB instance identifier of the Read Replica. This identifier is the unique
|
|
// key that identifies a DB instance. This parameter is stored as a lowercase
|
|
// string.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies a DB subnet group for the DB instance. The new DB instance is created
|
|
// in the VPC associated with the DB subnet group. If no DB subnet group is
|
|
// specified, then the new DB instance is not created in a VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Can only be specified if the source DB instance identifier specifies
|
|
// a DB instance in another AWS Region.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup.
|
|
//
|
|
// * The specified DB subnet group must be in the same AWS Region in which
|
|
// the operation is running.
|
|
//
|
|
// * All Read Replicas in one AWS Region that are created from the same source
|
|
// DB instance must either:>
|
|
//
|
|
// Specify DB subnet groups from the same VPC. All these Read Replicas are created
|
|
// in the same VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// Not specify a DB subnet group. All these Read Replicas are created outside
|
|
// of any VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: mySubnetgroup
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// DestinationRegion is used for presigning the request to a given region.
|
|
DestinationRegion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts
|
|
// to database accounts, and otherwise false.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines
|
|
//
|
|
// * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher
|
|
//
|
|
// * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher
|
|
//
|
|
// * Aurora 5.6 or higher.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// True to enable Performance Insights for the read replica, and otherwise false.
|
|
EnablePerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be
|
|
// initially allocated for the DB instance.
|
|
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted Read Replica. The KMS key ID is the Amazon
|
|
// Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS
|
|
// encryption key.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify this parameter when you create a Read Replica from an unencrypted
|
|
// DB instance, the Read Replica is encrypted.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you create an encrypted Read Replica in the same AWS Region as the source
|
|
// DB instance, then you do not have to specify a value for this parameter.
|
|
// The Read Replica is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you create an encrypted Read Replica in a different AWS Region, then you
|
|
// must specify a KMS key for the destination AWS Region. KMS encryption keys
|
|
// are specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you can't use
|
|
// encryption keys from one AWS Region in another AWS Region.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics
|
|
// are collected for the Read Replica. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring
|
|
// metrics, specify 0. The default is 0.
|
|
//
|
|
// If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval
|
|
// to a value other than 0.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60
|
|
MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics
|
|
// to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess.
|
|
// For information on creating a monitoring role, go to To create an IAM role
|
|
// for Amazon RDS Enhanced Monitoring (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.IAMRole).
|
|
//
|
|
// If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply
|
|
// a MonitoringRoleArn value.
|
|
MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The option group the DB instance is associated with. If omitted, the default
|
|
// option group for the engine specified is used.
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The
|
|
// KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the
|
|
// KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key.
|
|
PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port number that the DB instance uses for connections.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Inherits from the source DB instance
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 1150-65535
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica
|
|
// API action in the source AWS Region that contains the source DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// You must specify this parameter when you create an encrypted Read Replica
|
|
// from another AWS Region by using the Amazon RDS API. You can specify the
|
|
// --source-region option instead of this parameter when you create an encrypted
|
|
// Read Replica from another AWS Region by using the AWS CLI.
|
|
//
|
|
// The presigned URL must be a valid request for the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica
|
|
// API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the
|
|
// encrypted source DB instance. The presigned URL request must contain the
|
|
// following parameter values:
|
|
//
|
|
// * DestinationRegion - The AWS Region that the encrypted Read Replica is
|
|
// created in. This AWS Region is the same one where the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica
|
|
// action is called that contains this presigned URL.
|
|
//
|
|
// For example, if you create an encrypted DB instance in the us-west-1 AWS
|
|
// Region, from a source DB instance in the us-east-2 AWS Region, then you
|
|
// call the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica action in the us-east-1 AWS Region
|
|
// and provide a presigned URL that contains a call to the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica
|
|
// action in the us-west-2 AWS Region. For this example, the DestinationRegion
|
|
// in the presigned URL must be set to the us-east-1 AWS Region.
|
|
//
|
|
// * KmsKeyId - The AWS KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt
|
|
// the Read Replica in the destination AWS Region. This is the same identifier
|
|
// for both the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica action that is called in the
|
|
// destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the presigned URL.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// * SourceDBInstanceIdentifier - The DB instance identifier for the encrypted
|
|
// DB instance to be replicated. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource
|
|
// Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For example, if you are creating
|
|
// an encrypted Read Replica from a DB instance in the us-west-2 AWS Region,
|
|
// then your SourceDBInstanceIdentifier looks like the following example:
|
|
// arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:instance:mysql-instance1-20161115.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating
|
|
// Requests: Using Query Parameters (AWS Signature Version 4) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html)
|
|
// and Signature Version 4 Signing Process (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html).
|
|
PreSignedUrl *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true
|
|
// specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name,
|
|
// which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal
|
|
// instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been
|
|
// requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Default VPC:true
|
|
//
|
|
// * VPC:false
|
|
//
|
|
// If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible
|
|
// value has not been set, the DB instance is publicly accessible. If a specific
|
|
// DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible
|
|
// value has not been set, the DB instance is private.
|
|
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the DB instance that will act as the source for the Read
|
|
// Replica. Each DB instance can have up to five Read Replicas.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be the identifier of an existing MySQL, MariaDB, or PostgreSQL
|
|
// DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Can specify a DB instance that is a MySQL Read Replica only if the source
|
|
// is running MySQL 5.6.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Can specify a DB instance that is a PostgreSQL DB instance only if the
|
|
// source is running PostgreSQL 9.3.5 or later (9.4.7 and higher for cross-region
|
|
// replication).
|
|
//
|
|
// * The specified DB instance must have automatic backups enabled, its backup
|
|
// retention period must be greater than 0.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the source DB instance is in the same AWS Region as the Read Replica,
|
|
// specify a valid DB instance identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the source DB instance is in a different AWS Region than the Read
|
|
// Replica, specify a valid DB instance ARN. For more information, go to
|
|
// Constructing a Amazon RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing).
|
|
//
|
|
// SourceDBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
|
|
SourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// SourceRegion is the source region where the resource exists. This is not
|
|
// sent over the wire and is only used for presigning. This value should always
|
|
// have the same region as the source ARN.
|
|
SourceRegion *string `type:"string" ignore:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the Read Replica.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified, otherwise standard
|
|
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html).
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput"}
|
|
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SourceDBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBInstanceIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
|
|
s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
|
|
s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
|
|
s.DBInstanceClass = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
|
|
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDestinationRegion sets the DestinationRegion field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDestinationRegion(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
|
|
s.DestinationRegion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
|
|
s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnablePerformanceInsights sets the EnablePerformanceInsights field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetEnablePerformanceInsights(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
|
|
s.EnablePerformanceInsights = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIops sets the Iops field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetIops(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
|
|
s.Iops = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
|
|
s.MonitoringInterval = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
|
|
s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
|
|
s.OptionGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId sets the PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
|
|
s.PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetPort(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreSignedUrl sets the PreSignedUrl field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetPreSignedUrl(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
|
|
s.PreSignedUrl = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
|
|
s.PubliclyAccessible = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceDBInstanceIdentifier sets the SourceDBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetSourceDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
|
|
s.SourceDBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceRegion sets the SourceRegion field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetSourceRegion(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
|
|
s.SourceRegion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetStorageType(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
|
|
s.StorageType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResult
|
|
type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
|
|
DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput {
|
|
s.DBInstance = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBParameterGroupMessage
|
|
type CreateDBParameterGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB parameter group family name. A DB parameter group can be associated
|
|
// with one and only one DB parameter group family, and can be applied only
|
|
// to a DB instance running a database engine and engine version compatible
|
|
// with that DB parameter group family.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field
|
|
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
//
|
|
// This value is stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBParameterGroupName is a required field
|
|
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The description for the DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Description is a required field
|
|
Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html).
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBParameterGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBParameterGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Description == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Description"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *CreateDBParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.DBParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateDBParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBParameterGroupResult
|
|
type CreateDBParameterGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups
|
|
// action.
|
|
DBParameterGroup *DBParameterGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBParameterGroup sets the DBParameterGroup field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) SetDBParameterGroup(v *DBParameterGroup) *CreateDBParameterGroupOutput {
|
|
s.DBParameterGroup = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSecurityGroupMessage
|
|
type CreateDBSecurityGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The description for the DB security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBSecurityGroupDescription is a required field
|
|
DBSecurityGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name for the DB security group. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must not be "Default"
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: mysecuritygroup
|
|
//
|
|
// DBSecurityGroupName is a required field
|
|
DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html).
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBSecurityGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.DBSecurityGroupDescription == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSecurityGroupDescription"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DBSecurityGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSecurityGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSecurityGroupDescription sets the DBSecurityGroupDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) SetDBSecurityGroupDescription(v string) *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput {
|
|
s.DBSecurityGroupDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput {
|
|
s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSecurityGroupResult
|
|
type CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups
|
|
// action.
|
|
DBSecurityGroup *DBSecurityGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSecurityGroup sets the DBSecurityGroup field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput) SetDBSecurityGroup(v *DBSecurityGroup) *CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput {
|
|
s.DBSecurityGroup = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSnapshotMessage
|
|
type CreateDBSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the DB instance that you want to create the snapshot of.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier for the DB snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be null, empty, or blank
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: my-snapshot-id
|
|
//
|
|
// DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html).
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBSnapshotInput"}
|
|
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBSnapshotInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBSnapshotInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSnapshotResult
|
|
type CreateDBSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action.
|
|
DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSnapshot sets the DBSnapshot field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBSnapshotOutput) SetDBSnapshot(v *DBSnapshot) *CreateDBSnapshotOutput {
|
|
s.DBSnapshot = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSubnetGroupMessage
|
|
type CreateDBSubnetGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The description for the DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBSubnetGroupDescription is a required field
|
|
DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name for the DB subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 letters, numbers, periods, underscores,
|
|
// spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: mySubnetgroup
|
|
//
|
|
// DBSubnetGroupName is a required field
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The EC2 Subnet IDs for the DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// SubnetIds is a required field
|
|
SubnetIds []*string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html).
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBSubnetGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.DBSubnetGroupDescription == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupDescription"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DBSubnetGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SubnetIds == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroupDescription sets the DBSubnetGroupDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupDescription(v string) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroupDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput {
|
|
s.SubnetIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSubnetGroupResult
|
|
type CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups
|
|
// action.
|
|
DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) SetDBSubnetGroup(v *DBSubnetGroup) *CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroup = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateEventSubscriptionMessage
|
|
type CreateEventSubscriptionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A Boolean value; set to true to activate the subscription, set to false to
|
|
// create the subscription but not active it.
|
|
Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of event categories for a SourceType that you want to subscribe to.
|
|
// You can see a list of the categories for a given SourceType in the Events
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html)
|
|
// topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories
|
|
// action.
|
|
EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event notification.
|
|
// The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic and subscribe to
|
|
// it.
|
|
//
|
|
// SnsTopicArn is a required field
|
|
SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of identifiers of the event sources for which events are returned.
|
|
// If not specified, then all sources are included in the response. An identifier
|
|
// must begin with a letter and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and
|
|
// hyphens; it can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * If SourceIds are supplied, SourceType must also be provided.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the source type is a DB instance, then a DBInstanceIdentifier must
|
|
// be supplied.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the source type is a DB security group, a DBSecurityGroupName must
|
|
// be supplied.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the source type is a DB parameter group, a DBParameterGroupName must
|
|
// be supplied.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the source type is a DB snapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must be
|
|
// supplied.
|
|
SourceIds []*string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of source that is generating the events. For example, if you want
|
|
// to be notified of events generated by a DB instance, you would set this parameter
|
|
// to db-instance. if this value is not specified, all events are returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: db-instance | db-cluster | db-parameter-group | db-security-group
|
|
// | db-snapshot | db-cluster-snapshot
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: The name must be less than 255 characters.
|
|
//
|
|
// SubscriptionName is a required field
|
|
SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html).
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateEventSubscriptionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateEventSubscriptionInput"}
|
|
if s.SnsTopicArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnsTopicArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SubscriptionName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetEnabled(v bool) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.Enabled = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.EventCategories = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSnsTopicArn(v string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.SnsTopicArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceIds sets the SourceIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceIds(v []*string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.SourceIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceType(v string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.SourceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.SubscriptionName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateEventSubscriptionResult
|
|
type CreateEventSubscriptionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions
|
|
// action.
|
|
EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput {
|
|
s.EventSubscription = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateOptionGroupMessage
|
|
type CreateOptionGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the engine that this option group should be associated
|
|
// with.
|
|
//
|
|
// EngineName is a required field
|
|
EngineName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the major version of the engine that this option group should be
|
|
// associated with.
|
|
//
|
|
// MajorEngineVersion is a required field
|
|
MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the option group.
|
|
//
|
|
// OptionGroupDescription is a required field
|
|
OptionGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the option group to be created.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: myoptiongroup
|
|
//
|
|
// OptionGroupName is a required field
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html).
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateOptionGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateOptionGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateOptionGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.EngineName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EngineName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.MajorEngineVersion == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MajorEngineVersion"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.OptionGroupDescription == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptionGroupDescription"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.OptionGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptionGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineName sets the EngineName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) SetEngineName(v string) *CreateOptionGroupInput {
|
|
s.EngineName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMajorEngineVersion sets the MajorEngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) SetMajorEngineVersion(v string) *CreateOptionGroupInput {
|
|
s.MajorEngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionGroupDescription sets the OptionGroupDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) SetOptionGroupDescription(v string) *CreateOptionGroupInput {
|
|
s.OptionGroupDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *CreateOptionGroupInput {
|
|
s.OptionGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateOptionGroupInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateOptionGroupResult
|
|
type CreateOptionGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
OptionGroup *OptionGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateOptionGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionGroup sets the OptionGroup field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateOptionGroupOutput) SetOptionGroup(v *OptionGroup) *CreateOptionGroupOutput {
|
|
s.OptionGroup = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBCluster
|
|
type DBCluster struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// For all database engines except Amazon Aurora, AllocatedStorage specifies
|
|
// the allocated storage size in gigabytes (GB). For Aurora, AllocatedStorage
|
|
// always returns 1, because Aurora DB cluster storage size is not fixed, but
|
|
// instead automatically adjusts as needed.
|
|
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides a list of the AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that
|
|
// are associated with the DB cluster. IAM roles that are associated with a
|
|
// DB cluster grant permission for the DB cluster to access other AWS services
|
|
// on your behalf.
|
|
AssociatedRoles []*DBClusterRole `locationNameList:"DBClusterRole" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster
|
|
// can be created in.
|
|
AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained.
|
|
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// If present, specifies the name of the character set that this cluster is
|
|
// associated with.
|
|
CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Identifies the clone group to which the DB cluster is associated.
|
|
CloneGroupId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the time when the DB cluster was created, in Universal Coordinated
|
|
// Time (UTC).
|
|
ClusterCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster.
|
|
DBClusterArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains a user-supplied DB cluster identifier. This identifier is the unique
|
|
// key that identifies a DB cluster.
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the list of instances that make up the DB cluster.
|
|
DBClusterMembers []*DBClusterMember `locationNameList:"DBClusterMember" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the list of option group memberships for this DB cluster.
|
|
DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships []*DBClusterOptionGroupStatus `locationNameList:"DBClusterOptionGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the DB cluster parameter group for the DB cluster.
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroup *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB cluster,
|
|
// including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group.
|
|
DBSubnetGroup *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the name of the initial database of this DB cluster that was provided
|
|
// at create time, if one was specified when the DB cluster was created. This
|
|
// same name is returned for the life of the DB cluster.
|
|
DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB cluster. This identifier
|
|
// is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB
|
|
// cluster is accessed.
|
|
DbClusterResourceId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the earliest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time
|
|
// restore.
|
|
EarliestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the connection endpoint for the primary instance of the DB cluster.
|
|
Endpoint *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster.
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates the database engine version.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone.
|
|
HostedZoneId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database
|
|
// accounts is enabled, and otherwise false.
|
|
IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// If StorageEncrypted is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted
|
|
// DB cluster.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time
|
|
// restore.
|
|
LatestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the master username for the DB cluster.
|
|
MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether the DB cluster has instances in multiple Availability Zones.
|
|
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the progress of the operation as a percentage.
|
|
PercentProgress *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created
|
|
// if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod.
|
|
PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur,
|
|
// in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
|
|
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains one or more identifiers of the Read Replicas associated with this
|
|
// DB cluster.
|
|
ReadReplicaIdentifiers []*string `locationNameList:"ReadReplicaIdentifier" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The reader endpoint for the DB cluster. The reader endpoint for a DB cluster
|
|
// load-balances connections across the Aurora Replicas that are available in
|
|
// a DB cluster. As clients request new connections to the reader endpoint,
|
|
// Aurora distributes the connection requests among the Aurora Replicas in the
|
|
// DB cluster. This functionality can help balance your read workload across
|
|
// multiple Aurora Replicas in your DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// If a failover occurs, and the Aurora Replica that you are connected to is
|
|
// promoted to be the primary instance, your connection is dropped. To continue
|
|
// sending your read workload to other Aurora Replicas in the cluster, you can
|
|
// then reconnect to the reader endpoint.
|
|
ReaderEndpoint *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the identifier of the source DB cluster if this DB cluster is a
|
|
// Read Replica.
|
|
ReplicationSourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the current state of this DB cluster.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether the DB cluster is encrypted.
|
|
StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides a list of VPC security groups that the DB cluster belongs to.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroups []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBCluster) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBCluster) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.AllocatedStorage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAssociatedRoles sets the AssociatedRoles field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetAssociatedRoles(v []*DBClusterRole) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.AssociatedRoles = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZones = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.CharacterSetName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCloneGroupId sets the CloneGroupId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetCloneGroupId(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.CloneGroupId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterCreateTime sets the ClusterCreateTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetClusterCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.ClusterCreateTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterArn sets the DBClusterArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterArn(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.DBClusterArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterMembers sets the DBClusterMembers field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterMembers(v []*DBClusterMember) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.DBClusterMembers = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships sets the DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships(v []*DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterParameterGroup sets the DBClusterParameterGroup field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterParameterGroup(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.DBClusterParameterGroup = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetDBSubnetGroup(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroup = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetDatabaseName(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.DatabaseName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDbClusterResourceId sets the DbClusterResourceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetDbClusterResourceId(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.DbClusterResourceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEarliestRestorableTime sets the EarliestRestorableTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetEarliestRestorableTime(v time.Time) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.EarliestRestorableTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetEndpoint(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.Endpoint = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetEngine(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.Engine = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.EngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHostedZoneId sets the HostedZoneId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetHostedZoneId(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.HostedZoneId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled sets the IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled(v bool) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLatestRestorableTime sets the LatestRestorableTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetLatestRestorableTime(v time.Time) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.LatestRestorableTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.MasterUsername = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.MultiAZ = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPercentProgress sets the PercentProgress field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetPercentProgress(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.PercentProgress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetPort(v int64) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReadReplicaIdentifiers sets the ReadReplicaIdentifiers field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetReadReplicaIdentifiers(v []*string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.ReadReplicaIdentifiers = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReaderEndpoint sets the ReaderEndpoint field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetReaderEndpoint(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.ReaderEndpoint = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationSourceIdentifier sets the ReplicationSourceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetReplicationSourceIdentifier(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.ReplicationSourceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetStatus(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.StorageEncrypted = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcSecurityGroups sets the VpcSecurityGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetVpcSecurityGroups(v []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.VpcSecurityGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains information about an instance that is part of a DB cluster.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBClusterMember
|
|
type DBClusterMember struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the status of the DB cluster parameter group for this member of
|
|
// the DB cluster.
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the instance identifier for this member of the DB cluster.
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Value that is true if the cluster member is the primary instance for the
|
|
// DB cluster and false otherwise.
|
|
IsClusterWriter *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to
|
|
// the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For
|
|
// more information, see Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Managing.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance).
|
|
PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterMember) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterMember) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupStatus sets the DBClusterParameterGroupStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterMember) SetDBClusterParameterGroupStatus(v string) *DBClusterMember {
|
|
s.DBClusterParameterGroupStatus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterMember) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterMember {
|
|
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIsClusterWriter sets the IsClusterWriter field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterMember) SetIsClusterWriter(v bool) *DBClusterMember {
|
|
s.IsClusterWriter = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterMember) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *DBClusterMember {
|
|
s.PromotionTier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains status information for a DB cluster option group.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBClusterOptionGroupStatus
|
|
type DBClusterOptionGroupStatus struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the DB cluster option group.
|
|
DBClusterOptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the status of the DB cluster option group.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterOptionGroupName sets the DBClusterOptionGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) SetDBClusterOptionGroupName(v string) *DBClusterOptionGroupStatus {
|
|
s.DBClusterOptionGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) SetStatus(v string) *DBClusterOptionGroupStatus {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
|
|
// action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBClusterParameterGroup
|
|
type DBClusterParameterGroup struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the name of the DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the name of the DB parameter group family that this DB cluster parameter
|
|
// group is compatible with.
|
|
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the customer-specified description for this DB cluster parameter
|
|
// group.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterParameterGroup) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterParameterGroup) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupArn sets the DBClusterParameterGroupArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDBClusterParameterGroupArn(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup {
|
|
s.DBClusterParameterGroupArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup {
|
|
s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup {
|
|
s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDescription(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage
|
|
type DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be 1 to 255 letters or numbers.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
//
|
|
// This value is stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage {
|
|
s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that is associated
|
|
// with a DB cluster.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBClusterRole
|
|
type DBClusterRole struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that is associated with the
|
|
// DB cluster.
|
|
RoleArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes the state of association between the IAM role and the DB cluster.
|
|
// The Status property returns one of the following values:
|
|
//
|
|
// * ACTIVE - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB cluster and can
|
|
// be used to access other AWS services on your behalf.
|
|
//
|
|
// * PENDING - the IAM role ARN is being associated with the DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * INVALID - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB cluster, but the
|
|
// DB cluster is unable to assume the IAM role in order to access other AWS
|
|
// services on your behalf.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterRole) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterRole) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterRole) SetRoleArn(v string) *DBClusterRole {
|
|
s.RoleArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterRole) SetStatus(v string) *DBClusterRole {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB cluster snapshot
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
|
|
// action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBClusterSnapshot
|
|
type DBClusterSnapshot struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the allocated storage size in gigabytes (GB).
|
|
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster
|
|
// snapshot can be restored in.
|
|
AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the time when the DB cluster was created, in Universal Coordinated
|
|
// Time (UTC).
|
|
ClusterCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster that this DB cluster
|
|
// snapshot was created from.
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
DBClusterSnapshotArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the identifier for the DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the database engine.
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the version of the database engine for this DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database
|
|
// accounts is enabled, and otherwise false.
|
|
IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// If StorageEncrypted is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted
|
|
// DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the license model information for this DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the master username for the DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred.
|
|
PercentProgress *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the port that the DB cluster was listening on at the time of the
|
|
// snapshot.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated Time
|
|
// (UTC).
|
|
SnapshotCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the type of the DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// If the DB cluster snapshot was copied from a source DB cluster snapshot,
|
|
// the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the source DB cluster snapshot, otherwise,
|
|
// a null value.
|
|
SourceDBClusterSnapshotArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the status of this DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether the DB cluster snapshot is encrypted.
|
|
StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the VPC ID associated with the DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterSnapshot) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterSnapshot) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.AllocatedStorage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZones = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterCreateTime sets the ClusterCreateTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetClusterCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.ClusterCreateTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterSnapshotArn sets the DBClusterSnapshotArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetDBClusterSnapshotArn(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.DBClusterSnapshotArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetEngine(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.Engine = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.EngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled sets the IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled(v bool) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetLicenseModel(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.LicenseModel = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.MasterUsername = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPercentProgress sets the PercentProgress field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetPercentProgress(v int64) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.PercentProgress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetPort(v int64) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotCreateTime sets the SnapshotCreateTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetSnapshotCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.SnapshotCreateTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetSnapshotType(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.SnapshotType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceDBClusterSnapshotArn sets the SourceDBClusterSnapshotArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetSourceDBClusterSnapshotArn(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.SourceDBClusterSnapshotArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetStatus(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.StorageEncrypted = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetVpcId(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the name and values of a manual DB cluster snapshot attribute.
|
|
//
|
|
// Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts
|
|
// to restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute
|
|
// API action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBClusterSnapshotAttribute
|
|
type DBClusterSnapshotAttribute struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute.
|
|
//
|
|
// The attribute named restore refers to the list of AWS accounts that have
|
|
// permission to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information,
|
|
// see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
|
|
AttributeName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The value(s) for the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute.
|
|
//
|
|
// If the AttributeName field is set to restore, then this element returns a
|
|
// list of IDs of the AWS accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the
|
|
// manual DB cluster snapshot. If a value of all is in the list, then the manual
|
|
// DB cluster snapshot is public and available for any AWS account to copy or
|
|
// restore.
|
|
AttributeValues []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttributeName sets the AttributeName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) SetAttributeName(v string) *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute {
|
|
s.AttributeName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttributeValues sets the AttributeValues field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) SetAttributeValues(v []*string) *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute {
|
|
s.AttributeValues = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes
|
|
// API action.
|
|
//
|
|
// Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts
|
|
// to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see
|
|
// the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult
|
|
type DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of attributes and values for the manual DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
DBClusterSnapshotAttributes []*DBClusterSnapshotAttribute `locationNameList:"DBClusterSnapshotAttribute" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the manual DB cluster snapshot that the attributes apply
|
|
// to.
|
|
DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributes sets the DBClusterSnapshotAttributes field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributes(v []*DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult {
|
|
s.DBClusterSnapshotAttributes = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult {
|
|
s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the action DescribeDBEngineVersions.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBEngineVersion
|
|
type DBEngineVersion struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the database engine.
|
|
DBEngineDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the database engine version.
|
|
DBEngineVersionDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB parameter group family for the database engine.
|
|
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The default character set for new instances of this engine version, if the
|
|
// CharacterSetName parameter of the CreateDBInstance API is not specified.
|
|
DefaultCharacterSet *CharacterSet `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the database engine.
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The version number of the database engine.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of the character sets supported by this engine for the CharacterSetName
|
|
// parameter of the CreateDBInstance action.
|
|
SupportedCharacterSets []*CharacterSet `locationNameList:"CharacterSet" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of the time zones supported by this engine for the Timezone parameter
|
|
// of the CreateDBInstance action.
|
|
SupportedTimezones []*Timezone `locationNameList:"Timezone" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of engine versions that this database engine version can be upgraded
|
|
// to.
|
|
ValidUpgradeTarget []*UpgradeTarget `locationNameList:"UpgradeTarget" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBEngineVersion) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBEngineVersion) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBEngineDescription sets the DBEngineDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDBEngineDescription(v string) *DBEngineVersion {
|
|
s.DBEngineDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBEngineVersionDescription sets the DBEngineVersionDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDBEngineVersionDescription(v string) *DBEngineVersion {
|
|
s.DBEngineVersionDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DBEngineVersion {
|
|
s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDefaultCharacterSet sets the DefaultCharacterSet field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDefaultCharacterSet(v *CharacterSet) *DBEngineVersion {
|
|
s.DefaultCharacterSet = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetEngine(v string) *DBEngineVersion {
|
|
s.Engine = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBEngineVersion {
|
|
s.EngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSupportedCharacterSets sets the SupportedCharacterSets field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportedCharacterSets(v []*CharacterSet) *DBEngineVersion {
|
|
s.SupportedCharacterSets = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSupportedTimezones sets the SupportedTimezones field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportedTimezones(v []*Timezone) *DBEngineVersion {
|
|
s.SupportedTimezones = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValidUpgradeTarget sets the ValidUpgradeTarget field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetValidUpgradeTarget(v []*UpgradeTarget) *DBEngineVersion {
|
|
s.ValidUpgradeTarget = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBInstance
|
|
type DBInstance struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the allocated storage size specified in gigabytes.
|
|
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates that minor version patches are applied automatically.
|
|
AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance is located in.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained.
|
|
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the CA certificate for this DB instance.
|
|
CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// If present, specifies the name of the character set that this instance is
|
|
// associated with.
|
|
CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether tags are copied from the DB instance to snapshots of the
|
|
// DB instance.
|
|
CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// If the DB instance is a member of a DB cluster, contains the name of the
|
|
// DB cluster that the DB instance is a member of.
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB instance.
|
|
DBInstanceArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the name of the compute and memory capacity class of the DB instance.
|
|
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains a user-supplied database identifier. This identifier is the unique
|
|
// key that identifies a DB instance.
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the current state of this database.
|
|
DBInstanceStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine you
|
|
// use. For example, this value returns MySQL, MariaDB, or PostgreSQL information
|
|
// when returning values from CreateDBInstanceReadReplica since Read Replicas
|
|
// are only supported for these engines.
|
|
//
|
|
// MySQL, MariaDB, SQL Server, PostgreSQL
|
|
//
|
|
// Contains the name of the initial database of this instance that was provided
|
|
// at create time, if one was specified when the DB instance was created. This
|
|
// same name is returned for the life of the DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Type: String
|
|
//
|
|
// Oracle
|
|
//
|
|
// Contains the Oracle System ID (SID) of the created DB instance. Not shown
|
|
// when the returned parameters do not apply to an Oracle DB instance.
|
|
DBName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the list of DB parameter groups applied to this DB instance.
|
|
DBParameterGroups []*DBParameterGroupStatus `locationNameList:"DBParameterGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides List of DB security group elements containing only DBSecurityGroup.Name
|
|
// and DBSecurityGroup.Status subelements.
|
|
DBSecurityGroups []*DBSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB instance,
|
|
// including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group.
|
|
DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the port that the DB instance listens on. If the DB instance is
|
|
// part of a DB cluster, this can be a different port than the DB cluster port.
|
|
DbInstancePort *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB instance. This identifier
|
|
// is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB
|
|
// instance is accessed.
|
|
DbiResourceId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Active Directory Domain membership records associated with the DB instance.
|
|
DomainMemberships []*DomainMembership `locationNameList:"DomainMembership" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the connection endpoint.
|
|
Endpoint *Endpoint `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB instance.
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates the database engine version.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon CloudWatch Logs log stream that
|
|
// receives the Enhanced Monitoring metrics data for the DB instance.
|
|
EnhancedMonitoringResourceArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database
|
|
// accounts is enabled, and otherwise false.
|
|
//
|
|
// IAM database authentication can be enabled for the following database engines
|
|
//
|
|
// * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher
|
|
//
|
|
// * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher
|
|
//
|
|
// * Aurora 5.6 or higher. To enable IAM database authentication for Aurora,
|
|
// see DBCluster Type.
|
|
IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the date and time the DB instance was created.
|
|
InstanceCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value.
|
|
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// If StorageEncrypted is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted
|
|
// DB instance.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time
|
|
// restore.
|
|
LatestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// License model information for this DB instance.
|
|
LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the master username for the DB instance.
|
|
MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics
|
|
// are collected for the DB instance.
|
|
MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics
|
|
// to Amazon CloudWatch Logs.
|
|
MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment.
|
|
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the list of option group memberships for this DB instance.
|
|
OptionGroupMemberships []*OptionGroupMembership `locationNameList:"OptionGroupMembership" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies that changes to the DB instance are pending. This element is only
|
|
// included when changes are pending. Specific changes are identified by subelements.
|
|
PendingModifiedValues *PendingModifiedValues `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// True if Performance Insights is enabled for the DB instance, and otherwise
|
|
// false.
|
|
PerformanceInsightsEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The
|
|
// KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the
|
|
// KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key.
|
|
PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created
|
|
// if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod.
|
|
PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur,
|
|
// in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
|
|
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to
|
|
// the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For
|
|
// more information, see Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Managing.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance).
|
|
PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true
|
|
// specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name,
|
|
// which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal
|
|
// instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been
|
|
// requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Default VPC:true
|
|
//
|
|
// * VPC:false
|
|
//
|
|
// If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible
|
|
// value has not been set, the DB instance is publicly accessible. If a specific
|
|
// DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible
|
|
// value has not been set, the DB instance is private.
|
|
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains one or more identifiers of Aurora DB clusters that are Read Replicas
|
|
// of this DB instance.
|
|
ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers []*string `locationNameList:"ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifier" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains one or more identifiers of the Read Replicas associated with this
|
|
// DB instance.
|
|
ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers []*string `locationNameList:"ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifier" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the identifier of the source DB instance if this DB instance is
|
|
// a Read Replica.
|
|
ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// If present, specifies the name of the secondary Availability Zone for a DB
|
|
// instance with multi-AZ support.
|
|
SecondaryAvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of a Read Replica. If the instance is not a Read Replica, this
|
|
// is blank.
|
|
StatusInfos []*DBInstanceStatusInfo `locationNameList:"DBInstanceStatusInfo" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether the DB instance is encrypted.
|
|
StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the storage type associated with DB instance.
|
|
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN from the key store with which the instance is associated for TDE
|
|
// encryption.
|
|
TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The time zone of the DB instance. In most cases, the Timezone element is
|
|
// empty. Timezone content appears only for Microsoft SQL Server DB instances
|
|
// that were created with a time zone specified.
|
|
Timezone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides a list of VPC security group elements that the DB instance belongs
|
|
// to.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroups []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBInstance) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBInstance) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.AllocatedStorage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCACertificateIdentifier sets the CACertificateIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetCACertificateIdentifier(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.CACertificateIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.CharacterSetName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceArn sets the DBInstanceArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceArn(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.DBInstanceArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.DBInstanceClass = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceStatus sets the DBInstanceStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceStatus(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.DBInstanceStatus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBName sets the DBName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetDBName(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.DBName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBParameterGroups sets the DBParameterGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetDBParameterGroups(v []*DBParameterGroupStatus) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.DBParameterGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSecurityGroups sets the DBSecurityGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetDBSecurityGroups(v []*DBSecurityGroupMembership) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.DBSecurityGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetDBSubnetGroup(v *DBSubnetGroup) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroup = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDbInstancePort sets the DbInstancePort field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetDbInstancePort(v int64) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.DbInstancePort = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDbiResourceId sets the DbiResourceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetDbiResourceId(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.DbiResourceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDomainMemberships sets the DomainMemberships field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetDomainMemberships(v []*DomainMembership) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.DomainMemberships = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetEndpoint(v *Endpoint) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.Endpoint = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetEngine(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.Engine = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.EngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnhancedMonitoringResourceArn sets the EnhancedMonitoringResourceArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetEnhancedMonitoringResourceArn(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.EnhancedMonitoringResourceArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled sets the IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled(v bool) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceCreateTime sets the InstanceCreateTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetInstanceCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.InstanceCreateTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIops sets the Iops field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetIops(v int64) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.Iops = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLatestRestorableTime sets the LatestRestorableTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetLatestRestorableTime(v time.Time) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.LatestRestorableTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetLicenseModel(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.LicenseModel = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.MasterUsername = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.MonitoringInterval = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.MultiAZ = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionGroupMemberships sets the OptionGroupMemberships field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetOptionGroupMemberships(v []*OptionGroupMembership) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.OptionGroupMemberships = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPendingModifiedValues sets the PendingModifiedValues field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetPendingModifiedValues(v *PendingModifiedValues) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.PendingModifiedValues = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPerformanceInsightsEnabled sets the PerformanceInsightsEnabled field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetPerformanceInsightsEnabled(v bool) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.PerformanceInsightsEnabled = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId sets the PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.PromotionTier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.PubliclyAccessible = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers sets the ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers(v []*string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers sets the ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers(v []*string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier sets the ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSecondaryAvailabilityZone sets the SecondaryAvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetSecondaryAvailabilityZone(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.SecondaryAvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatusInfos sets the StatusInfos field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetStatusInfos(v []*DBInstanceStatusInfo) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.StatusInfos = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.StorageEncrypted = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetStorageType(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.StorageType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.TdeCredentialArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTimezone sets the Timezone field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetTimezone(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.Timezone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcSecurityGroups sets the VpcSecurityGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetVpcSecurityGroups(v []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.VpcSecurityGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Provides a list of status information for a DB instance.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBInstanceStatusInfo
|
|
type DBInstanceStatusInfo struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Details of the error if there is an error for the instance. If the instance
|
|
// is not in an error state, this value is blank.
|
|
Message *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Boolean value that is true if the instance is operating normally, or false
|
|
// if the instance is in an error state.
|
|
Normal *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Status of the DB instance. For a StatusType of read replica, the values can
|
|
// be replicating, error, stopped, or terminated.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// This value is currently "read replication."
|
|
StatusType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBInstanceStatusInfo) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBInstanceStatusInfo) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetMessage(v string) *DBInstanceStatusInfo {
|
|
s.Message = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNormal sets the Normal field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetNormal(v bool) *DBInstanceStatusInfo {
|
|
s.Normal = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetStatus(v string) *DBInstanceStatusInfo {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatusType sets the StatusType field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetStatusType(v string) *DBInstanceStatusInfo {
|
|
s.StatusType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups
|
|
// action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBParameterGroup
|
|
type DBParameterGroup struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB parameter group.
|
|
DBParameterGroupArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the name of the DB parameter group family that this DB parameter
|
|
// group is compatible with.
|
|
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the name of the DB parameter group.
|
|
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the customer-specified description for this DB parameter group.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBParameterGroup) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBParameterGroup) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBParameterGroupArn sets the DBParameterGroupArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBParameterGroup) SetDBParameterGroupArn(v string) *DBParameterGroup {
|
|
s.DBParameterGroupArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBParameterGroup) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DBParameterGroup {
|
|
s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBParameterGroup) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DBParameterGroup {
|
|
s.DBParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBParameterGroup) SetDescription(v string) *DBParameterGroup {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the ModifyDBParameterGroup
|
|
// or ResetDBParameterGroup action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBParameterGroupNameMessage
|
|
type DBParameterGroupNameMessage struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the name of the DB parameter group.
|
|
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBParameterGroupNameMessage) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBParameterGroupNameMessage) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBParameterGroupNameMessage) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DBParameterGroupNameMessage {
|
|
s.DBParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The status of the DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// * CreateDBInstance
|
|
//
|
|
// * CreateDBInstanceReadReplica
|
|
//
|
|
// * DeleteDBInstance
|
|
//
|
|
// * ModifyDBInstance
|
|
//
|
|
// * RebootDBInstance
|
|
//
|
|
// * RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBParameterGroupStatus
|
|
type DBParameterGroupStatus struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DP parameter group.
|
|
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of parameter updates.
|
|
ParameterApplyStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBParameterGroupStatus) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBParameterGroupStatus) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBParameterGroupStatus) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DBParameterGroupStatus {
|
|
s.DBParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameterApplyStatus sets the ParameterApplyStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBParameterGroupStatus) SetParameterApplyStatus(v string) *DBParameterGroupStatus {
|
|
s.ParameterApplyStatus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups
|
|
// action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBSecurityGroup
|
|
type DBSecurityGroup struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB security group.
|
|
DBSecurityGroupArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the description of the DB security group.
|
|
DBSecurityGroupDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the DB security group.
|
|
DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains a list of EC2SecurityGroup elements.
|
|
EC2SecurityGroups []*EC2SecurityGroup `locationNameList:"EC2SecurityGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains a list of IPRange elements.
|
|
IPRanges []*IPRange `locationNameList:"IPRange" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the AWS ID of the owner of a specific DB security group.
|
|
OwnerId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the VpcId of the DB security group.
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBSecurityGroup) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBSecurityGroup) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSecurityGroupArn sets the DBSecurityGroupArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetDBSecurityGroupArn(v string) *DBSecurityGroup {
|
|
s.DBSecurityGroupArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSecurityGroupDescription sets the DBSecurityGroupDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetDBSecurityGroupDescription(v string) *DBSecurityGroup {
|
|
s.DBSecurityGroupDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *DBSecurityGroup {
|
|
s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEC2SecurityGroups sets the EC2SecurityGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetEC2SecurityGroups(v []*EC2SecurityGroup) *DBSecurityGroup {
|
|
s.EC2SecurityGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIPRanges sets the IPRanges field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetIPRanges(v []*IPRange) *DBSecurityGroup {
|
|
s.IPRanges = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOwnerId sets the OwnerId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetOwnerId(v string) *DBSecurityGroup {
|
|
s.OwnerId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetVpcId(v string) *DBSecurityGroup {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// * ModifyDBInstance
|
|
//
|
|
// * RebootDBInstance
|
|
//
|
|
// * RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot
|
|
//
|
|
// * RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBSecurityGroupMembership
|
|
type DBSecurityGroupMembership struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB security group.
|
|
DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the DB security group.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBSecurityGroupMembership) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBSecurityGroupMembership) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSecurityGroupMembership) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *DBSecurityGroupMembership {
|
|
s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSecurityGroupMembership) SetStatus(v string) *DBSecurityGroupMembership {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBSnapshot
|
|
type DBSnapshot struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the allocated storage size in gigabytes (GB).
|
|
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance was located in
|
|
// at the time of the DB snapshot.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the DB instance identifier of the DB instance this DB snapshot
|
|
// was created from.
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB snapshot.
|
|
DBSnapshotArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the identifier for the DB snapshot.
|
|
DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether the DB snapshot is encrypted.
|
|
Encrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the database engine.
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the version of the database engine.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database
|
|
// accounts is enabled, and otherwise false.
|
|
IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated
|
|
// Time (UTC).
|
|
InstanceCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value of the DB
|
|
// instance at the time of the snapshot.
|
|
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// If Encrypted is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB snapshot.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// License model information for the restored DB instance.
|
|
LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the master username for the DB snapshot.
|
|
MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the option group name for the DB snapshot.
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred.
|
|
PercentProgress *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the port that the database engine was listening on at the time
|
|
// of the snapshot.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated Time
|
|
// (UTC).
|
|
SnapshotCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the type of the DB snapshot.
|
|
SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB snapshot Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that the DB snapshot was copied
|
|
// from. It only has value in case of cross-customer or cross-region copy.
|
|
SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS Region that the DB snapshot was created in or copied from.
|
|
SourceRegion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the status of this DB snapshot.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the storage type associated with DB snapshot.
|
|
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption.
|
|
TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The time zone of the DB snapshot. In most cases, the Timezone element is
|
|
// empty. Timezone content appears only for snapshots taken from Microsoft SQL
|
|
// Server DB instances that were created with a time zone specified.
|
|
Timezone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the VPC ID associated with the DB snapshot.
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBSnapshot) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBSnapshot) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *DBSnapshot {
|
|
s.AllocatedStorage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *DBSnapshot {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBSnapshot {
|
|
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSnapshotArn sets the DBSnapshotArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetDBSnapshotArn(v string) *DBSnapshot {
|
|
s.DBSnapshotArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBSnapshot {
|
|
s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEncrypted sets the Encrypted field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetEncrypted(v bool) *DBSnapshot {
|
|
s.Encrypted = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetEngine(v string) *DBSnapshot {
|
|
s.Engine = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBSnapshot {
|
|
s.EngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled sets the IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled(v bool) *DBSnapshot {
|
|
s.IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceCreateTime sets the InstanceCreateTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetInstanceCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBSnapshot {
|
|
s.InstanceCreateTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIops sets the Iops field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetIops(v int64) *DBSnapshot {
|
|
s.Iops = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBSnapshot {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetLicenseModel(v string) *DBSnapshot {
|
|
s.LicenseModel = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBSnapshot {
|
|
s.MasterUsername = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *DBSnapshot {
|
|
s.OptionGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPercentProgress sets the PercentProgress field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetPercentProgress(v int64) *DBSnapshot {
|
|
s.PercentProgress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetPort(v int64) *DBSnapshot {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotCreateTime sets the SnapshotCreateTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetSnapshotCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBSnapshot {
|
|
s.SnapshotCreateTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetSnapshotType(v string) *DBSnapshot {
|
|
s.SnapshotType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBSnapshot {
|
|
s.SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceRegion sets the SourceRegion field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetSourceRegion(v string) *DBSnapshot {
|
|
s.SourceRegion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetStatus(v string) *DBSnapshot {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetStorageType(v string) *DBSnapshot {
|
|
s.StorageType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *DBSnapshot {
|
|
s.TdeCredentialArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTimezone sets the Timezone field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetTimezone(v string) *DBSnapshot {
|
|
s.Timezone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSnapshot) SetVpcId(v string) *DBSnapshot {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the name and values of a manual DB snapshot attribute
|
|
//
|
|
// Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to
|
|
// restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute
|
|
// API.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBSnapshotAttribute
|
|
type DBSnapshotAttribute struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the manual DB snapshot attribute.
|
|
//
|
|
// The attribute named restore refers to the list of AWS accounts that have
|
|
// permission to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information,
|
|
// see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API action.
|
|
AttributeName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The value or values for the manual DB snapshot attribute.
|
|
//
|
|
// If the AttributeName field is set to restore, then this element returns a
|
|
// list of IDs of the AWS accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the
|
|
// manual DB snapshot. If a value of all is in the list, then the manual DB
|
|
// snapshot is public and available for any AWS account to copy or restore.
|
|
AttributeValues []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBSnapshotAttribute) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBSnapshotAttribute) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttributeName sets the AttributeName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSnapshotAttribute) SetAttributeName(v string) *DBSnapshotAttribute {
|
|
s.AttributeName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttributeValues sets the AttributeValues field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSnapshotAttribute) SetAttributeValues(v []*string) *DBSnapshotAttribute {
|
|
s.AttributeValues = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes
|
|
// API action.
|
|
//
|
|
// Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to
|
|
// copy or restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute
|
|
// API action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBSnapshotAttributesResult
|
|
type DBSnapshotAttributesResult struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of attributes and values for the manual DB snapshot.
|
|
DBSnapshotAttributes []*DBSnapshotAttribute `locationNameList:"DBSnapshotAttribute" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the manual DB snapshot that the attributes apply to.
|
|
DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBSnapshotAttributesResult) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBSnapshotAttributesResult) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSnapshotAttributes sets the DBSnapshotAttributes field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSnapshotAttributesResult) SetDBSnapshotAttributes(v []*DBSnapshotAttribute) *DBSnapshotAttributesResult {
|
|
s.DBSnapshotAttributes = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSnapshotAttributesResult) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBSnapshotAttributesResult {
|
|
s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups
|
|
// action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBSubnetGroup
|
|
type DBSubnetGroup struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB subnet group.
|
|
DBSubnetGroupArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the description of the DB subnet group.
|
|
DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB subnet group.
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the status of the DB subnet group.
|
|
SubnetGroupStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains a list of Subnet elements.
|
|
Subnets []*Subnet `locationNameList:"Subnet" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the VpcId of the DB subnet group.
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBSubnetGroup) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBSubnetGroup) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroupArn sets the DBSubnetGroupArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetDBSubnetGroupArn(v string) *DBSubnetGroup {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroupArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroupDescription sets the DBSubnetGroupDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetDBSubnetGroupDescription(v string) *DBSubnetGroup {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroupDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *DBSubnetGroup {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetGroupStatus sets the SubnetGroupStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetSubnetGroupStatus(v string) *DBSubnetGroup {
|
|
s.SubnetGroupStatus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnets sets the Subnets field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetSubnets(v []*Subnet) *DBSubnetGroup {
|
|
s.Subnets = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetVpcId(v string) *DBSubnetGroup {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterMessage
|
|
type DeleteDBClusterInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB cluster identifier for the DB cluster to be deleted. This parameter
|
|
// isn't case-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must match an existing DBClusterIdentifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB cluster snapshot identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot created
|
|
// when SkipFinalSnapshot is set to false.
|
|
//
|
|
// Specifying this parameter and also setting the SkipFinalShapshot parameter
|
|
// to true results in an error.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Determines whether a final DB cluster snapshot is created before the DB cluster
|
|
// is deleted. If true is specified, no DB cluster snapshot is created. If false
|
|
// is specified, a DB cluster snapshot is created before the DB cluster is deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// You must specify a FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter if SkipFinalSnapshot
|
|
// is false.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
SkipFinalSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBClusterInput"}
|
|
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSkipFinalSnapshot sets the SkipFinalSnapshot field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) SetSkipFinalSnapshot(v bool) *DeleteDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.SkipFinalSnapshot = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterResult
|
|
type DeleteDBClusterOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action.
|
|
DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *DeleteDBClusterOutput {
|
|
s.DBCluster = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupMessage
|
|
type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be the name of an existing DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * You can't delete a default DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be associated with any DB clusters.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput
|
|
type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterSnapshotMessage
|
|
type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to delete.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be the name of an existing DB cluster snapshot in the available
|
|
// state.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput"}
|
|
if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterSnapshotResult
|
|
type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB cluster snapshot
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
|
|
// action.
|
|
DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterSnapshot sets the DBClusterSnapshot field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshot(v *DBClusterSnapshot) *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput {
|
|
s.DBClusterSnapshot = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBInstanceMessage
|
|
type DeleteDBInstanceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB instance identifier for the DB instance to be deleted. This parameter
|
|
// isn't case-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must match the name of an existing DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The DBSnapshotIdentifier of the new DBSnapshot created when SkipFinalSnapshot
|
|
// is set to false.
|
|
//
|
|
// Specifying this parameter and also setting the SkipFinalShapshot parameter
|
|
// to true results in an error.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be 1 to 255 letters or numbers.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be specified when deleting a Read Replica.
|
|
FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Determines whether a final DB snapshot is created before the DB instance
|
|
// is deleted. If true is specified, no DBSnapshot is created. If false is specified,
|
|
// a DB snapshot is created before the DB instance is deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note that when a DB instance is in a failure state and has a status of 'failed',
|
|
// 'incompatible-restore', or 'incompatible-network', it can only be deleted
|
|
// when the SkipFinalSnapshot parameter is set to "true".
|
|
//
|
|
// Specify true when deleting a Read Replica.
|
|
//
|
|
// The FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter must be specified if SkipFinalSnapshot
|
|
// is false.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
SkipFinalSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBInstanceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBInstanceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBInstanceInput"}
|
|
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSkipFinalSnapshot sets the SkipFinalSnapshot field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) SetSkipFinalSnapshot(v bool) *DeleteDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.SkipFinalSnapshot = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBInstanceResult
|
|
type DeleteDBInstanceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
|
|
DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBInstanceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *DeleteDBInstanceOutput {
|
|
s.DBInstance = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBParameterGroupMessage
|
|
type DeleteDBParameterGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be the name of an existing DB parameter group
|
|
//
|
|
// * You can't delete a default DB parameter group
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be associated with any DB instances
|
|
//
|
|
// DBParameterGroupName is a required field
|
|
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBParameterGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.DBParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput
|
|
type DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSecurityGroupMessage
|
|
type DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB security group to delete.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can't delete the default DB security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must not be "Default"
|
|
//
|
|
// DBSecurityGroupName is a required field
|
|
DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.DBSecurityGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSecurityGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput {
|
|
s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput
|
|
type DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSnapshotMessage
|
|
type DeleteDBSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The DBSnapshot identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be the name of an existing DB snapshot in the available
|
|
// state.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBSnapshotInput"}
|
|
if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSnapshotResult
|
|
type DeleteDBSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action.
|
|
DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSnapshot sets the DBSnapshot field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) SetDBSnapshot(v *DBSnapshot) *DeleteDBSnapshotOutput {
|
|
s.DBSnapshot = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSubnetGroupMessage
|
|
type DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the database subnet group to delete.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can't delete the default subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Must not be
|
|
// default.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: mySubnetgroup
|
|
//
|
|
// DBSubnetGroupName is a required field
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.DBSubnetGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput
|
|
type DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteEventSubscriptionMessage
|
|
type DeleteEventSubscriptionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to delete.
|
|
//
|
|
// SubscriptionName is a required field
|
|
SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteEventSubscriptionInput"}
|
|
if s.SubscriptionName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.SubscriptionName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteEventSubscriptionResult
|
|
type DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions
|
|
// action.
|
|
EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput {
|
|
s.EventSubscription = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteOptionGroupMessage
|
|
type DeleteOptionGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the option group to be deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can't delete default option groups.
|
|
//
|
|
// OptionGroupName is a required field
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteOptionGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteOptionGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteOptionGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteOptionGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.OptionGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptionGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteOptionGroupInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *DeleteOptionGroupInput {
|
|
s.OptionGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteOptionGroupOutput
|
|
type DeleteOptionGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteOptionGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeAccountAttributesMessage
|
|
type DescribeAccountAttributesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeAccountAttributesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeAccountAttributesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Data returned by the DescribeAccountAttributes action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AccountAttributesMessage
|
|
type DescribeAccountAttributesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of AccountQuota objects. Within this list, each quota has a name,
|
|
// a count of usage toward the quota maximum, and a maximum value for the quota.
|
|
AccountQuotas []*AccountQuota `locationNameList:"AccountQuota" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountQuotas sets the AccountQuotas field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) SetAccountQuotas(v []*AccountQuota) *DescribeAccountAttributesOutput {
|
|
s.AccountQuotas = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeCertificatesMessage
|
|
type DescribeCertificatesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The user-supplied certificate identifier. If this parameter is specified,
|
|
// information for only the identified certificate is returned. This parameter
|
|
// isn't case-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must match an existing CertificateIdentifier.
|
|
CertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeCertificates
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeCertificatesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeCertificatesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeCertificatesInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCertificateIdentifier sets the CertificateIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) SetCertificateIdentifier(v string) *DescribeCertificatesInput {
|
|
s.CertificateIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeCertificatesInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeCertificatesInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeCertificatesInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Data returned by the DescribeCertificates action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CertificateMessage
|
|
type DescribeCertificatesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of Certificate objects for the AWS account.
|
|
Certificates []*Certificate `locationNameList:"Certificate" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeCertificates
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeCertificatesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeCertificatesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCertificates sets the Certificates field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeCertificatesOutput) SetCertificates(v []*Certificate) *DescribeCertificatesOutput {
|
|
s.Certificates = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeCertificatesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeCertificatesOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsMessage
|
|
type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of a specific DB cluster parameter group to return details for.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup.
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBClusterParameterGroupsMessage
|
|
type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of DB cluster parameter groups.
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroups []*DBClusterParameterGroup `locationNameList:"DBClusterParameterGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterParameterGroups sets the DBClusterParameterGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) SetDBClusterParameterGroups(v []*DBClusterParameterGroup) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput {
|
|
s.DBClusterParameterGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParametersMessage
|
|
type DescribeDBClusterParametersInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of a specific DB cluster parameter group to return parameter details
|
|
// for.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameters
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates to return only parameters for a specific source. Parameter
|
|
// sources can be engine, service, or customer.
|
|
Source *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterParametersInput"}
|
|
if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSource sets the Source field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetSource(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput {
|
|
s.Source = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Provides details about a DB cluster parameter group including the parameters
|
|
// in the DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBClusterParameterGroupDetails
|
|
type DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameters
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides a list of parameters for the DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput {
|
|
s.Parameters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesMessage
|
|
type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to describe the attributes for.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput"}
|
|
if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult
|
|
type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes
|
|
// API action.
|
|
//
|
|
// Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts
|
|
// to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see
|
|
// the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
|
|
DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult sets the DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult(v *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput {
|
|
s.DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsMessage
|
|
type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the DB cluster to retrieve the list of DB cluster snapshots for.
|
|
// This parameter can't be used in conjunction with the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier
|
|
// parameter. This parameter is not case-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster.
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A specific DB cluster snapshot identifier to describe. This parameter can't
|
|
// be used in conjunction with the DBClusterIdentifier parameter. This value
|
|
// is stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBClusterSnapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If this identifier is for an automated snapshot, the SnapshotType parameter
|
|
// must also be specified.
|
|
DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// True to include manual DB cluster snapshots that are public and can be copied
|
|
// or restored by any AWS account, and otherwise false. The default is false.
|
|
// The default is false.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can share a manual DB cluster snapshot as public by using the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute
|
|
// API action.
|
|
IncludePublic *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// True to include shared manual DB cluster snapshots from other AWS accounts
|
|
// that this AWS account has been given permission to copy or restore, and otherwise
|
|
// false. The default is false.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can give an AWS account permission to restore a manual DB cluster snapshot
|
|
// from another AWS account by the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
|
|
IncludeShared *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of DB cluster snapshots to be returned. You can specify one of the
|
|
// following values:
|
|
//
|
|
// * automated - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been automatically
|
|
// taken by Amazon RDS for my AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// * manual - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been taken by my
|
|
// AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// * shared - Return all manual DB cluster snapshots that have been shared
|
|
// to my AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// * public - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been marked as public.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you don't specify a SnapshotType value, then both automated and manual
|
|
// DB cluster snapshots are returned. You can include shared DB cluster snapshots
|
|
// with these results by setting the IncludeShared parameter to true. You can
|
|
// include public DB cluster snapshots with these results by setting the IncludePublic
|
|
// parameter to true.
|
|
//
|
|
// The IncludeShared and IncludePublic parameters don't apply for SnapshotType
|
|
// values of manual or automated. The IncludePublic parameter doesn't apply
|
|
// when SnapshotType is set to shared. The IncludeShared parameter doesn't apply
|
|
// when SnapshotType is set to public.
|
|
SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIncludePublic sets the IncludePublic field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetIncludePublic(v bool) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.IncludePublic = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIncludeShared sets the IncludeShared field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetIncludeShared(v bool) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.IncludeShared = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetSnapshotType(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.SnapshotType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Provides a list of DB cluster snapshots for the user as the result of a call
|
|
// to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBClusterSnapshotMessage
|
|
type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides a list of DB cluster snapshots for the user.
|
|
DBClusterSnapshots []*DBClusterSnapshot `locationNameList:"DBClusterSnapshot" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterSnapshots sets the DBClusterSnapshots field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshots(v []*DBClusterSnapshot) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput {
|
|
s.DBClusterSnapshots = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClustersMessage
|
|
type DescribeDBClustersInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The user-supplied DB cluster identifier. If this parameter is specified,
|
|
// information from only the specific DB cluster is returned. This parameter
|
|
// isn't case-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * If supplied, must match an existing DBClusterIdentifier.
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A filter that specifies one or more DB clusters to describe.
|
|
//
|
|
// Supported filters:
|
|
//
|
|
// * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon
|
|
// Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information
|
|
// about the DB clusters identified by these ARNs.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusters request.
|
|
// If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond
|
|
// the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClustersInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClustersInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClustersInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClustersInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClustersInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClustersInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClustersInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBClusters
|
|
// action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBClusterMessage
|
|
type DescribeDBClustersOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains a list of DB clusters for the user.
|
|
DBClusters []*DBCluster `locationNameList:"DBCluster" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DescribeDBClusters request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClustersOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClustersOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusters sets the DBClusters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClustersOutput) SetDBClusters(v []*DBCluster) *DescribeDBClustersOutput {
|
|
s.DBClusters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClustersOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClustersOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBEngineVersionsMessage
|
|
type DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of a specific DB parameter group family to return details for.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * If supplied, must match an existing DBParameterGroupFamily.
|
|
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates that only the default version of the specified engine or engine
|
|
// and major version combination is returned.
|
|
DefaultOnly *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The database engine to return.
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The database engine version to return.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 5.1.49
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// If this parameter is specified and the requested engine supports the CharacterSetName
|
|
// parameter for CreateDBInstance, the response includes a list of supported
|
|
// character sets for each engine version.
|
|
ListSupportedCharacterSets *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// If this parameter is specified and the requested engine supports the TimeZone
|
|
// parameter for CreateDBInstance, the response includes a list of supported
|
|
// time zones for each engine version.
|
|
ListSupportedTimezones *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the
|
|
// MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included
|
|
// in the response so that the following results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput {
|
|
s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDefaultOnly sets the DefaultOnly field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetDefaultOnly(v bool) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput {
|
|
s.DefaultOnly = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetEngine(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput {
|
|
s.Engine = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput {
|
|
s.EngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetListSupportedCharacterSets sets the ListSupportedCharacterSets field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetListSupportedCharacterSets(v bool) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput {
|
|
s.ListSupportedCharacterSets = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetListSupportedTimezones sets the ListSupportedTimezones field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetListSupportedTimezones(v bool) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput {
|
|
s.ListSupportedTimezones = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBEngineVersions
|
|
// action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBEngineVersionMessage
|
|
type DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of DBEngineVersion elements.
|
|
DBEngineVersions []*DBEngineVersion `locationNameList:"DBEngineVersion" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBEngineVersions sets the DBEngineVersions field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) SetDBEngineVersions(v []*DBEngineVersion) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput {
|
|
s.DBEngineVersions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBInstancesMessage
|
|
type DescribeDBInstancesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The user-supplied instance identifier. If this parameter is specified, information
|
|
// from only the specific DB instance is returned. This parameter isn't case-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance.
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A filter that specifies one or more DB instances to describe.
|
|
//
|
|
// Supported filters:
|
|
//
|
|
// * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon
|
|
// Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information
|
|
// about the DB instances associated with the DB clusters identified by these
|
|
// ARNs.
|
|
//
|
|
// * db-instance-id - Accepts DB instance identifiers and DB instance Amazon
|
|
// Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information
|
|
// about the DB instances identified by these ARNs.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBInstances request.
|
|
// If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond
|
|
// the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBInstancesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBInstancesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBInstancesInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBInstancesInput {
|
|
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBInstancesInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBInstancesInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBInstancesInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBInstances
|
|
// action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBInstanceMessage
|
|
type DescribeDBInstancesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of DBInstance instances.
|
|
DBInstances []*DBInstance `locationNameList:"DBInstance" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords .
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBInstancesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBInstancesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstances sets the DBInstances field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBInstancesOutput) SetDBInstances(v []*DBInstance) *DescribeDBInstancesOutput {
|
|
s.DBInstances = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBInstancesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBInstancesOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element to DescribeDBLogFiles.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBLogFilesDetails
|
|
type DescribeDBLogFilesDetails struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A POSIX timestamp when the last log entry was written.
|
|
LastWritten *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the log file for the specified DB instance.
|
|
LogFileName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The size, in bytes, of the log file for the specified DB instance.
|
|
Size *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLastWritten sets the LastWritten field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) SetLastWritten(v int64) *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails {
|
|
s.LastWritten = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLogFileName sets the LogFileName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) SetLogFileName(v string) *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails {
|
|
s.LogFileName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSize sets the Size field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) SetSize(v int64) *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails {
|
|
s.Size = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBLogFilesMessage
|
|
type DescribeDBLogFilesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The customer-assigned name of the DB instance that contains the log files
|
|
// you want to list.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Filters the available log files for files written since the specified date,
|
|
// in POSIX timestamp format with milliseconds.
|
|
FileLastWritten *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// Filters the available log files for files larger than the specified size.
|
|
FileSize *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// Filters the available log files for log file names that contain the specified
|
|
// string.
|
|
FilenameContains *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The pagination token provided in the previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBLogFilesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBLogFilesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBLogFilesInput"}
|
|
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput {
|
|
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFileLastWritten sets the FileLastWritten field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetFileLastWritten(v int64) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput {
|
|
s.FileLastWritten = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFileSize sets the FileSize field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetFileSize(v int64) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput {
|
|
s.FileSize = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilenameContains sets the FilenameContains field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetFilenameContains(v string) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput {
|
|
s.FilenameContains = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The response from a call to DescribeDBLogFiles.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBLogFilesResponse
|
|
type DescribeDBLogFilesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB log files returned.
|
|
DescribeDBLogFiles []*DescribeDBLogFilesDetails `locationNameList:"DescribeDBLogFilesDetails" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DescribeDBLogFiles request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescribeDBLogFiles sets the DescribeDBLogFiles field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) SetDescribeDBLogFiles(v []*DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput {
|
|
s.DescribeDBLogFiles = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBParameterGroupsMessage
|
|
type DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of a specific DB parameter group to return details for.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup.
|
|
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBParameterGroups
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput {
|
|
s.DBParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBParameterGroups
|
|
// action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBParameterGroupsMessage
|
|
type DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of DBParameterGroup instances.
|
|
DBParameterGroups []*DBParameterGroup `locationNameList:"DBParameterGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBParameterGroups sets the DBParameterGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) SetDBParameterGroups(v []*DBParameterGroup) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput {
|
|
s.DBParameterGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBParametersMessage
|
|
type DescribeDBParametersInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of a specific DB parameter group to return details for.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBParameterGroup.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBParameterGroupName is a required field
|
|
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBParameters
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The parameter types to return.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: All parameter types returned
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: user | system | engine-default
|
|
Source *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBParametersInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBParametersInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBParametersInput"}
|
|
if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBParametersInput {
|
|
s.DBParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBParametersInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBParametersInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBParametersInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSource sets the Source field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetSource(v string) *DescribeDBParametersInput {
|
|
s.Source = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBParameters
|
|
// action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBParameterGroupDetails
|
|
type DescribeDBParametersOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of Parameter values.
|
|
Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBParametersOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBParametersOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBParametersOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBParametersOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBParametersOutput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *DescribeDBParametersOutput {
|
|
s.Parameters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSecurityGroupsMessage
|
|
type DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB security group to return details for.
|
|
DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSecurityGroups
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput {
|
|
s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBSecurityGroups
|
|
// action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBSecurityGroupMessage
|
|
type DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of DBSecurityGroup instances.
|
|
DBSecurityGroups []*DBSecurityGroup `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSecurityGroups sets the DBSecurityGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) SetDBSecurityGroups(v []*DBSecurityGroup) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput {
|
|
s.DBSecurityGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesMessage
|
|
type DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier for the DB snapshot to describe the attributes for.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput"}
|
|
if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput {
|
|
s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesResult
|
|
type DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes
|
|
// API action.
|
|
//
|
|
// Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to
|
|
// copy or restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute
|
|
// API action.
|
|
DBSnapshotAttributesResult *DBSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSnapshotAttributesResult sets the DBSnapshotAttributesResult field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput) SetDBSnapshotAttributesResult(v *DBSnapshotAttributesResult) *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput {
|
|
s.DBSnapshotAttributesResult = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSnapshotsMessage
|
|
type DescribeDBSnapshotsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the DB instance to retrieve the list of DB snapshots for. This
|
|
// parameter can't be used in conjunction with DBSnapshotIdentifier. This parameter
|
|
// is not case-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance.
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A specific DB snapshot identifier to describe. This parameter can't be used
|
|
// in conjunction with DBInstanceIdentifier. This value is stored as a lowercase
|
|
// string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBSnapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If this identifier is for an automated snapshot, the SnapshotType parameter
|
|
// must also be specified.
|
|
DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// True to include manual DB snapshots that are public and can be copied or
|
|
// restored by any AWS account, and otherwise false. The default is false.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can share a manual DB snapshot as public by using the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute
|
|
// API.
|
|
IncludePublic *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// True to include shared manual DB snapshots from other AWS accounts that this
|
|
// AWS account has been given permission to copy or restore, and otherwise false.
|
|
// The default is false.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can give an AWS account permission to restore a manual DB snapshot from
|
|
// another AWS account by using the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API action.
|
|
IncludeShared *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSnapshots request.
|
|
// If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond
|
|
// the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of snapshots to be returned. You can specify one of the following
|
|
// values:
|
|
//
|
|
// * automated - Return all DB snapshots that have been automatically taken
|
|
// by Amazon RDS for my AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// * manual - Return all DB snapshots that have been taken by my AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// * shared - Return all manual DB snapshots that have been shared to my
|
|
// AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// * public - Return all DB snapshots that have been marked as public.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you don't specify a SnapshotType value, then both automated and manual
|
|
// snapshots are returned. Shared and public DB snapshots are not included in
|
|
// the returned results by default. You can include shared snapshots with these
|
|
// results by setting the IncludeShared parameter to true. You can include public
|
|
// snapshots with these results by setting the IncludePublic parameter to true.
|
|
//
|
|
// The IncludeShared and IncludePublic parameters don't apply for SnapshotType
|
|
// values of manual or automated. The IncludePublic parameter doesn't apply
|
|
// when SnapshotType is set to shared. The IncludeShared parameter doesn't apply
|
|
// when SnapshotType is set to public.
|
|
SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBSnapshotsInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIncludePublic sets the IncludePublic field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetIncludePublic(v bool) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.IncludePublic = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIncludeShared sets the IncludeShared field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetIncludeShared(v bool) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.IncludeShared = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetSnapshotType(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.SnapshotType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBSnapshots
|
|
// action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBSnapshotMessage
|
|
type DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of DBSnapshot instances.
|
|
DBSnapshots []*DBSnapshot `locationNameList:"DBSnapshot" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSnapshots sets the DBSnapshots field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) SetDBSnapshots(v []*DBSnapshot) *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput {
|
|
s.DBSnapshots = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSubnetGroupsMessage
|
|
type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB subnet group to return details for.
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSubnetGroups
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBSubnetGroups
|
|
// action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBSubnetGroupMessage
|
|
type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of DBSubnetGroup instances.
|
|
DBSubnetGroups []*DBSubnetGroup `locationNameList:"DBSubnetGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroups sets the DBSubnetGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) SetDBSubnetGroups(v []*DBSubnetGroup) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersMessage
|
|
type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group family to return engine parameter
|
|
// information for.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field
|
|
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput"}
|
|
if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput {
|
|
s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResult
|
|
type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters
|
|
// action.
|
|
EngineDefaults *EngineDefaults `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineDefaults sets the EngineDefaults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) SetEngineDefaults(v *EngineDefaults) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput {
|
|
s.EngineDefaults = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultParametersMessage
|
|
type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB parameter group family.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field
|
|
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEngineDefaultParameters
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput"}
|
|
if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput {
|
|
s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResult
|
|
type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters
|
|
// action.
|
|
EngineDefaults *EngineDefaults `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineDefaults sets the EngineDefaults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) SetEngineDefaults(v *EngineDefaults) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput {
|
|
s.EngineDefaults = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEventCategoriesMessage
|
|
type DescribeEventCategoriesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of source that is generating the events.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: db-instance | db-parameter-group | db-security-group | db-snapshot
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventCategoriesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventCategoriesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEventCategoriesInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEventCategoriesInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) SetSourceType(v string) *DescribeEventCategoriesInput {
|
|
s.SourceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Data returned from the DescribeEventCategories action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/EventCategoriesMessage
|
|
type DescribeEventCategoriesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of EventCategoriesMap data types.
|
|
EventCategoriesMapList []*EventCategoriesMap `locationNameList:"EventCategoriesMap" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventCategoriesMapList sets the EventCategoriesMapList field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) SetEventCategoriesMapList(v []*EventCategoriesMap) *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput {
|
|
s.EventCategoriesMapList = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEventSubscriptionsMessage
|
|
type DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to describe.
|
|
SubscriptionName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput {
|
|
s.SubscriptionName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Data returned by the DescribeEventSubscriptions action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/EventSubscriptionsMessage
|
|
type DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of EventSubscriptions data types.
|
|
EventSubscriptionsList []*EventSubscription `locationNameList:"EventSubscription" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventSubscriptionsList sets the EventSubscriptionsList field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) SetEventSubscriptionsList(v []*EventSubscription) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput {
|
|
s.EventSubscriptionsList = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEventsMessage
|
|
type DescribeEventsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of minutes to retrieve events for.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 60
|
|
Duration *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The end of the time interval for which to retrieve events, specified in ISO
|
|
// 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia
|
|
// page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z
|
|
EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of event categories that trigger notifications for a event notification
|
|
// subscription.
|
|
EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEvents request.
|
|
// If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond
|
|
// the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the event source for which events are returned. If not
|
|
// specified, then all sources are included in the response.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * If SourceIdentifier is supplied, SourceType must also be provided.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the source type is DBInstance, then a DBInstanceIdentifier must be
|
|
// supplied.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the source type is DBSecurityGroup, a DBSecurityGroupName must be
|
|
// supplied.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the source type is DBParameterGroup, a DBParameterGroupName must
|
|
// be supplied.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the source type is DBSnapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must be supplied.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The event source to retrieve events for. If no value is specified, all events
|
|
// are returned.
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"SourceType"`
|
|
|
|
// The beginning of the time interval to retrieve events for, specified in ISO
|
|
// 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia
|
|
// page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z
|
|
StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEventsInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetDuration(v int64) *DescribeEventsInput {
|
|
s.Duration = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndTime sets the EndTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetEndTime(v time.Time) *DescribeEventsInput {
|
|
s.EndTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *DescribeEventsInput {
|
|
s.EventCategories = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEventsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEventsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeEventsInput {
|
|
s.SourceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetSourceType(v string) *DescribeEventsInput {
|
|
s.SourceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *DescribeEventsInput {
|
|
s.StartTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEvents action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/EventsMessage
|
|
type DescribeEventsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of Event instances.
|
|
Events []*Event `locationNameList:"Event" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous Events request. If this
|
|
// parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker,
|
|
// up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsOutput) SetEvents(v []*Event) *DescribeEventsOutput {
|
|
s.Events = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOptionGroupOptionsMessage
|
|
type DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A required parameter. Options available for the given engine name are described.
|
|
//
|
|
// EngineName is a required field
|
|
EngineName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// If specified, filters the results to include only options for the specified
|
|
// major engine version.
|
|
MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput"}
|
|
if s.EngineName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EngineName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineName sets the EngineName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) SetEngineName(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput {
|
|
s.EngineName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMajorEngineVersion sets the MajorEngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) SetMajorEngineVersion(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput {
|
|
s.MajorEngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/OptionGroupOptionsMessage
|
|
type DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// List of available option group options.
|
|
OptionGroupOptions []*OptionGroupOption `locationNameList:"OptionGroupOption" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionGroupOptions sets the OptionGroupOptions field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) SetOptionGroupOptions(v []*OptionGroupOption) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput {
|
|
s.OptionGroupOptions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOptionGroupsMessage
|
|
type DescribeOptionGroupsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Filters the list of option groups to only include groups associated with
|
|
// a specific database engine.
|
|
EngineName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Filters the list of option groups to only include groups associated with
|
|
// a specific database engine version. If specified, then EngineName must also
|
|
// be specified.
|
|
MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOptionGroups
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the option group to describe. Cannot be supplied together with
|
|
// EngineName or MajorEngineVersion.
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOptionGroupsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOptionGroupsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeOptionGroupsInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineName sets the EngineName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetEngineName(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput {
|
|
s.EngineName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMajorEngineVersion sets the MajorEngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetMajorEngineVersion(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput {
|
|
s.MajorEngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput {
|
|
s.OptionGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// List of option groups.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/OptionGroups
|
|
type DescribeOptionGroupsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// List of option groups.
|
|
OptionGroupsList []*OptionGroup `locationNameList:"OptionGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionGroupsList sets the OptionGroupsList field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) SetOptionGroupsList(v []*OptionGroup) *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput {
|
|
s.OptionGroupsList = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsMessage
|
|
type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
|
|
// available offerings matching the specified DB instance class.
|
|
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the engine to retrieve DB instance options for.
|
|
//
|
|
// Engine is a required field
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The engine version filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
|
|
// available offerings matching the specified engine version.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The license model filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available
|
|
// offerings matching the specified license model.
|
|
LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The VPC filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available VPC
|
|
// or non-VPC offerings.
|
|
Vpc *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput"}
|
|
if s.Engine == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput {
|
|
s.DBInstanceClass = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetEngine(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput {
|
|
s.Engine = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput {
|
|
s.EngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput {
|
|
s.LicenseModel = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetVpc(v bool) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput {
|
|
s.Vpc = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
|
|
// action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/OrderableDBInstanceOptionsMessage
|
|
type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous OrderableDBInstanceOptions
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An OrderableDBInstanceOption structure containing information about orderable
|
|
// options for the DB instance.
|
|
OrderableDBInstanceOptions []*OrderableDBInstanceOption `locationNameList:"OrderableDBInstanceOption" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOrderableDBInstanceOptions sets the OrderableDBInstanceOptions field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) SetOrderableDBInstanceOptions(v []*OrderableDBInstanceOption) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput {
|
|
s.OrderableDBInstanceOptions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsMessage
|
|
type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A filter that specifies one or more resources to return pending maintenance
|
|
// actions for.
|
|
//
|
|
// Supported filters:
|
|
//
|
|
// * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon
|
|
// Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include pending maintenance
|
|
// actions for the DB clusters identified by these ARNs.
|
|
//
|
|
// * db-instance-id - Accepts DB instance identifiers and DB instance ARNs.
|
|
// The results list will only include pending maintenance actions for the
|
|
// DB instances identified by these ARNs.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribePendingMaintenanceActions
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to a number of records specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN of a resource to return pending maintenance actions for.
|
|
ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceIdentifier sets the ResourceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetResourceIdentifier(v string) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput {
|
|
s.ResourceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Data returned from the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PendingMaintenanceActionsMessage
|
|
type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribePendingMaintenanceActions
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to a number of records specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of the pending maintenance actions for the resource.
|
|
PendingMaintenanceActions []*ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions `locationNameList:"ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPendingMaintenanceActions sets the PendingMaintenanceActions field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) SetPendingMaintenanceActions(v []*ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput {
|
|
s.PendingMaintenanceActions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeReservedDBInstancesMessage
|
|
type DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only those
|
|
// reservations matching the specified DB instances class.
|
|
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The duration filter value, specified in years or seconds. Specify this parameter
|
|
// to show only reservations for this duration.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 1 | 3 | 31536000 | 94608000
|
|
Duration *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the
|
|
// MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included
|
|
// in the response so that the following results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The Multi-AZ filter value. Specify this parameter to show only those reservations
|
|
// matching the specified Multi-AZ parameter.
|
|
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The offering type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available
|
|
// offerings matching the specified offering type.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: "Partial Upfront" | "All Upfront" | "No Upfront"
|
|
OfferingType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The product description filter value. Specify this parameter to show only
|
|
// those reservations matching the specified product description.
|
|
ProductDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The reserved DB instance identifier filter value. Specify this parameter
|
|
// to show only the reservation that matches the specified reservation ID.
|
|
ReservedDBInstanceId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The offering identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show only
|
|
// purchased reservations matching the specified offering identifier.
|
|
ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput {
|
|
s.DBInstanceClass = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetDuration(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput {
|
|
s.Duration = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput {
|
|
s.MultiAZ = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetOfferingType(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput {
|
|
s.OfferingType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProductDescription sets the ProductDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetProductDescription(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput {
|
|
s.ProductDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedDBInstanceId sets the ReservedDBInstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetReservedDBInstanceId(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput {
|
|
s.ReservedDBInstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput {
|
|
s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsMessage
|
|
type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
|
|
// available offerings matching the specified DB instance class.
|
|
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Duration filter value, specified in years or seconds. Specify this parameter
|
|
// to show only reservations for this duration.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 1 | 3 | 31536000 | 94608000
|
|
Duration *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the
|
|
// MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included
|
|
// in the response so that the following results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The Multi-AZ filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available
|
|
// offerings matching the specified Multi-AZ parameter.
|
|
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The offering type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available
|
|
// offerings matching the specified offering type.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: "Partial Upfront" | "All Upfront" | "No Upfront"
|
|
OfferingType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Product description filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
|
|
// available offerings matching the specified product description.
|
|
ProductDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The offering identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show only
|
|
// the available offering that matches the specified reservation identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 438012d3-4052-4cc7-b2e3-8d3372e0e706
|
|
ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput {
|
|
s.DBInstanceClass = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetDuration(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput {
|
|
s.Duration = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput {
|
|
s.MultiAZ = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetOfferingType(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput {
|
|
s.OfferingType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProductDescription sets the ProductDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetProductDescription(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput {
|
|
s.ProductDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput {
|
|
s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings
|
|
// action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ReservedDBInstancesOfferingMessage
|
|
type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of reserved DB instance offerings.
|
|
ReservedDBInstancesOfferings []*ReservedDBInstancesOffering `locationNameList:"ReservedDBInstancesOffering" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedDBInstancesOfferings sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferings field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferings(v []*ReservedDBInstancesOffering) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput {
|
|
s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeReservedDBInstances
|
|
// action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ReservedDBInstanceMessage
|
|
type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of reserved DB instances.
|
|
ReservedDBInstances []*ReservedDBInstance `locationNameList:"ReservedDBInstance" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedDBInstances sets the ReservedDBInstances field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) SetReservedDBInstances(v []*ReservedDBInstance) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput {
|
|
s.ReservedDBInstances = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeSourceRegionsMessage
|
|
type DescribeSourceRegionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeSourceRegions
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The source AWS Region name. For example, us-east-1.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must specify a valid AWS Region name.
|
|
RegionName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSourceRegionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSourceRegionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeSourceRegionsInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeSourceRegionsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeSourceRegionsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeSourceRegionsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRegionName sets the RegionName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) SetRegionName(v string) *DescribeSourceRegionsInput {
|
|
s.RegionName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeSourceRegions
|
|
// action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/SourceRegionMessage
|
|
type DescribeSourceRegionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of SourceRegion instances that contains each source AWS Region that
|
|
// the current AWS Region can get a Read Replica or a DB snapshot from.
|
|
SourceRegions []*SourceRegion `locationNameList:"SourceRegion" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSourceRegionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSourceRegionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeSourceRegionsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceRegions sets the SourceRegions field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsOutput) SetSourceRegions(v []*SourceRegion) *DescribeSourceRegionsOutput {
|
|
s.SourceRegions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage
|
|
type DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The customer identifier or the ARN of your DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput"}
|
|
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput {
|
|
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsResult
|
|
type DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about valid modifications that you can make to your DB instance.
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful call to the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications
|
|
// action. You can use this information when you call ModifyDBInstance.
|
|
ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage sets the ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput) SetValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage(v *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage) *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput {
|
|
s.ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// An Active Directory Domain membership record associated with the DB instance.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DomainMembership
|
|
type DomainMembership struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the Active Directory Domain.
|
|
Domain *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The fully qualified domain name of the Active Directory Domain.
|
|
FQDN *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the Directory
|
|
// Service.
|
|
IAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the DB instance's Active Directory Domain membership, such
|
|
// as joined, pending-join, failed etc).
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DomainMembership) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DomainMembership) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value.
|
|
func (s *DomainMembership) SetDomain(v string) *DomainMembership {
|
|
s.Domain = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFQDN sets the FQDN field's value.
|
|
func (s *DomainMembership) SetFQDN(v string) *DomainMembership {
|
|
s.FQDN = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIAMRoleName sets the IAMRoleName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DomainMembership) SetIAMRoleName(v string) *DomainMembership {
|
|
s.IAMRoleName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *DomainMembership) SetStatus(v string) *DomainMembership {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// A range of double values.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DoubleRange
|
|
type DoubleRange struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The minimum value in the range.
|
|
From *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum value in the range.
|
|
To *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DoubleRange) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DoubleRange) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFrom sets the From field's value.
|
|
func (s *DoubleRange) SetFrom(v float64) *DoubleRange {
|
|
s.From = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTo sets the To field's value.
|
|
func (s *DoubleRange) SetTo(v float64) *DoubleRange {
|
|
s.To = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DownloadDBLogFilePortionMessage
|
|
type DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The customer-assigned name of the DB instance that contains the log files
|
|
// you want to list.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the log file to be downloaded.
|
|
//
|
|
// LogFileName is a required field
|
|
LogFileName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The pagination token provided in the previous request or "0". If the Marker
|
|
// parameter is specified the response includes only records beyond the marker
|
|
// until the end of the file or up to NumberOfLines.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of lines to download. If the number of lines specified results
|
|
// in a file over 1 MB in size, the file is truncated at 1 MB in size.
|
|
//
|
|
// If the NumberOfLines parameter is specified, then the block of lines returned
|
|
// can be from the beginning or the end of the log file, depending on the value
|
|
// of the Marker parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If neither Marker or NumberOfLines are specified, the entire log file
|
|
// is returned up to a maximum of 10000 lines, starting with the most recent
|
|
// log entries first.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If NumberOfLines is specified and Marker is not specified, then the
|
|
// most recent lines from the end of the log file are returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If Marker is specified as "0", then the specified number of lines from
|
|
// the beginning of the log file are returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// * You can download the log file in blocks of lines by specifying the size
|
|
// of the block using the NumberOfLines parameter, and by specifying a value
|
|
// of "0" for the Marker parameter in your first request. Include the Marker
|
|
// value returned in the response as the Marker value for the next request,
|
|
// continuing until the AdditionalDataPending response element returns false.
|
|
NumberOfLines *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput"}
|
|
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.LogFileName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LogFileName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput {
|
|
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLogFileName sets the LogFileName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) SetLogFileName(v string) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput {
|
|
s.LogFileName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) SetMarker(v string) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNumberOfLines sets the NumberOfLines field's value.
|
|
func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) SetNumberOfLines(v int64) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput {
|
|
s.NumberOfLines = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element to DownloadDBLogFilePortion.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DownloadDBLogFilePortionDetails
|
|
type DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Boolean value that if true, indicates there is more data to be downloaded.
|
|
AdditionalDataPending *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Entries from the specified log file.
|
|
LogFileData *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DownloadDBLogFilePortion
|
|
// request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAdditionalDataPending sets the AdditionalDataPending field's value.
|
|
func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) SetAdditionalDataPending(v bool) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput {
|
|
s.AdditionalDataPending = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLogFileData sets the LogFileData field's value.
|
|
func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) SetLogFileData(v string) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput {
|
|
s.LogFileData = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// * AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress
|
|
//
|
|
// * DescribeDBSecurityGroups
|
|
//
|
|
// * RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/EC2SecurityGroup
|
|
type EC2SecurityGroup struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the id of the EC2 security group.
|
|
EC2SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the EC2 security group.
|
|
EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the AWS ID of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in
|
|
// the EC2SecurityGroupName field.
|
|
EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the status of the EC2 security group. Status can be "authorizing",
|
|
// "authorized", "revoking", and "revoked".
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EC2SecurityGroup) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EC2SecurityGroup) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEC2SecurityGroupId sets the EC2SecurityGroupId field's value.
|
|
func (s *EC2SecurityGroup) SetEC2SecurityGroupId(v string) *EC2SecurityGroup {
|
|
s.EC2SecurityGroupId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEC2SecurityGroupName sets the EC2SecurityGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *EC2SecurityGroup) SetEC2SecurityGroupName(v string) *EC2SecurityGroup {
|
|
s.EC2SecurityGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId sets the EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId field's value.
|
|
func (s *EC2SecurityGroup) SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId(v string) *EC2SecurityGroup {
|
|
s.EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *EC2SecurityGroup) SetStatus(v string) *EC2SecurityGroup {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// * CreateDBInstance
|
|
//
|
|
// * DescribeDBInstances
|
|
//
|
|
// * DeleteDBInstance
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/Endpoint
|
|
type Endpoint struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the DNS address of the DB instance.
|
|
Address *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone.
|
|
HostedZoneId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Endpoint) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Endpoint) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAddress sets the Address field's value.
|
|
func (s *Endpoint) SetAddress(v string) *Endpoint {
|
|
s.Address = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHostedZoneId sets the HostedZoneId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Endpoint) SetHostedZoneId(v string) *Endpoint {
|
|
s.HostedZoneId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *Endpoint) SetPort(v int64) *Endpoint {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters
|
|
// action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/EngineDefaults
|
|
type EngineDefaults struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the DB parameter group family that the engine default
|
|
// parameters apply to.
|
|
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous EngineDefaults request.
|
|
// If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond
|
|
// the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains a list of engine default parameters.
|
|
Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EngineDefaults) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EngineDefaults) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value.
|
|
func (s *EngineDefaults) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *EngineDefaults {
|
|
s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *EngineDefaults) SetMarker(v string) *EngineDefaults {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
|
|
func (s *EngineDefaults) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *EngineDefaults {
|
|
s.Parameters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeEvents action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/Event
|
|
type Event struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the date and time of the event.
|
|
Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the category for the event.
|
|
EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the text of this event.
|
|
Message *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the event.
|
|
SourceArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the identifier for the source of the event.
|
|
SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the source type for this event.
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"SourceType"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Event) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Event) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDate sets the Date field's value.
|
|
func (s *Event) SetDate(v time.Time) *Event {
|
|
s.Date = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value.
|
|
func (s *Event) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *Event {
|
|
s.EventCategories = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
|
|
func (s *Event) SetMessage(v string) *Event {
|
|
s.Message = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceArn sets the SourceArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *Event) SetSourceArn(v string) *Event {
|
|
s.SourceArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *Event) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *Event {
|
|
s.SourceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *Event) SetSourceType(v string) *Event {
|
|
s.SourceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventCategories
|
|
// action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/EventCategoriesMap
|
|
type EventCategoriesMap struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The event categories for the specified source type
|
|
EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The source type that the returned categories belong to
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EventCategoriesMap) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EventCategoriesMap) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventCategoriesMap) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *EventCategoriesMap {
|
|
s.EventCategories = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventCategoriesMap) SetSourceType(v string) *EventCategoriesMap {
|
|
s.SourceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions
|
|
// action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/EventSubscription
|
|
type EventSubscription struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The RDS event notification subscription Id.
|
|
CustSubscriptionId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS customer account associated with the RDS event notification subscription.
|
|
CustomerAwsId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A Boolean value indicating if the subscription is enabled. True indicates
|
|
// the subscription is enabled.
|
|
Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of event categories for the RDS event notification subscription.
|
|
EventCategoriesList []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the event subscription.
|
|
EventSubscriptionArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The topic ARN of the RDS event notification subscription.
|
|
SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of source IDs for the RDS event notification subscription.
|
|
SourceIdsList []*string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The source type for the RDS event notification subscription.
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the RDS event notification subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Can be one of the following: creating | modifying | deleting | active | no-permission
|
|
// | topic-not-exist
|
|
//
|
|
// The status "no-permission" indicates that RDS no longer has permission to
|
|
// post to the SNS topic. The status "topic-not-exist" indicates that the topic
|
|
// was deleted after the subscription was created.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The time the RDS event notification subscription was created.
|
|
SubscriptionCreationTime *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EventSubscription) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EventSubscription) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCustSubscriptionId sets the CustSubscriptionId field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventSubscription) SetCustSubscriptionId(v string) *EventSubscription {
|
|
s.CustSubscriptionId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCustomerAwsId sets the CustomerAwsId field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventSubscription) SetCustomerAwsId(v string) *EventSubscription {
|
|
s.CustomerAwsId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventSubscription) SetEnabled(v bool) *EventSubscription {
|
|
s.Enabled = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventCategoriesList sets the EventCategoriesList field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventSubscription) SetEventCategoriesList(v []*string) *EventSubscription {
|
|
s.EventCategoriesList = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventSubscriptionArn sets the EventSubscriptionArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventSubscription) SetEventSubscriptionArn(v string) *EventSubscription {
|
|
s.EventSubscriptionArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventSubscription) SetSnsTopicArn(v string) *EventSubscription {
|
|
s.SnsTopicArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceIdsList sets the SourceIdsList field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventSubscription) SetSourceIdsList(v []*string) *EventSubscription {
|
|
s.SourceIdsList = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventSubscription) SetSourceType(v string) *EventSubscription {
|
|
s.SourceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventSubscription) SetStatus(v string) *EventSubscription {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubscriptionCreationTime sets the SubscriptionCreationTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventSubscription) SetSubscriptionCreationTime(v string) *EventSubscription {
|
|
s.SubscriptionCreationTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/FailoverDBClusterMessage
|
|
type FailoverDBClusterInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A DB cluster identifier to force a failover for. This parameter is not case-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster.
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the instance to promote to the primary instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// You must specify the instance identifier for an Aurora Replica in the DB
|
|
// cluster. For example, mydbcluster-replica1.
|
|
TargetDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s FailoverDBClusterInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s FailoverDBClusterInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *FailoverDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *FailoverDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the TargetDBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *FailoverDBClusterInput) SetTargetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *FailoverDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.TargetDBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/FailoverDBClusterResult
|
|
type FailoverDBClusterOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action.
|
|
DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s FailoverDBClusterOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s FailoverDBClusterOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value.
|
|
func (s *FailoverDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *FailoverDBClusterOutput {
|
|
s.DBCluster = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This type is not currently supported.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/Filter
|
|
type Filter struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
//
|
|
// Name is a required field
|
|
Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
//
|
|
// Values is a required field
|
|
Values []*string `locationNameList:"Value" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Filter) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Filter) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *Filter) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Filter"}
|
|
if s.Name == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Values == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Values"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *Filter) SetName(v string) *Filter {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValues sets the Values field's value.
|
|
func (s *Filter) SetValues(v []*string) *Filter {
|
|
s.Values = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups
|
|
// action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/IPRange
|
|
type IPRange struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the IP range.
|
|
CIDRIP *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the status of the IP range. Status can be "authorizing", "authorized",
|
|
// "revoking", and "revoked".
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s IPRange) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s IPRange) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCIDRIP sets the CIDRIP field's value.
|
|
func (s *IPRange) SetCIDRIP(v string) *IPRange {
|
|
s.CIDRIP = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *IPRange) SetStatus(v string) *IPRange {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ListTagsForResourceMessage
|
|
type ListTagsForResourceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon RDS resource with tags to be listed. This value is an Amazon Resource
|
|
// Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing an RDS
|
|
// Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing).
|
|
//
|
|
// ResourceName is a required field
|
|
ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListTagsForResourceInput"}
|
|
if s.ResourceName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *ListTagsForResourceInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) SetResourceName(v string) *ListTagsForResourceInput {
|
|
s.ResourceName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/TagListMessage
|
|
type ListTagsForResourceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// List of tags returned by the ListTagsForResource operation.
|
|
TagList []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagList sets the TagList field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListTagsForResourceOutput) SetTagList(v []*Tag) *ListTagsForResourceOutput {
|
|
s.TagList = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterMessage
|
|
type ModifyDBClusterInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that specifies whether the modifications in this request and any
|
|
// pending modifications are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless
|
|
// of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow setting for the DB cluster. If this parameter
|
|
// is set to false, changes to the DB cluster are applied during the next maintenance
|
|
// window.
|
|
//
|
|
// The ApplyImmediately parameter only affects the NewDBClusterIdentifier and
|
|
// MasterUserPassword values. If you set the ApplyImmediately parameter value
|
|
// to false, then changes to the NewDBClusterIdentifier and MasterUserPassword
|
|
// values are applied during the next maintenance window. All other changes
|
|
// are applied immediately, regardless of the value of the ApplyImmediately
|
|
// parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of days for which automated backups are retained. You must specify
|
|
// a minimum value of 1.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 1
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be a value from 1 to 35
|
|
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB cluster identifier for the cluster being modified. This parameter
|
|
// is not case-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to use for the DB cluster.
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts
|
|
// to database accounts, and otherwise false.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The new password for the master database user. This password can contain
|
|
// any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@".
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
|
|
MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The new DB cluster identifier for the DB cluster when renaming a DB cluster.
|
|
// This value is stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens
|
|
//
|
|
// * The first character must be a letter
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: my-cluster2
|
|
NewDBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the
|
|
// specified option group. Changing this parameter does not result in an outage
|
|
// except in the following case, and the change is applied during the next maintenance
|
|
// window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true for this request.
|
|
// If the parameter change results in an option group that enables OEM, this
|
|
// change can cause a brief (sub-second) period during which new connections
|
|
// are rejected but existing connections are not interrupted.
|
|
//
|
|
// Permanent options can't be removed from an option group. The option group
|
|
// can't be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster.
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port number on which the DB cluster accepts connections.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The same port as the original DB cluster.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
|
|
// backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block
|
|
// of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting
|
|
// the Preferred Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be at least 30 minutes.
|
|
PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal
|
|
// Coordinated Time (UTC).
|
|
//
|
|
// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
|
|
//
|
|
// The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block
|
|
// of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see
|
|
// the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
|
|
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of VPC security groups that the DB cluster will belong to.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBClusterInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBClusterInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBClusterInput"}
|
|
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetApplyImmediately sets the ApplyImmediately field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetApplyImmediately(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.ApplyImmediately = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.MasterUserPassword = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNewDBClusterIdentifier sets the NewDBClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetNewDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.NewDBClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.OptionGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetPort(v int64) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterResult
|
|
type ModifyDBClusterOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action.
|
|
DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBClusterOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBClusterOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *ModifyDBClusterOutput {
|
|
s.DBCluster = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupMessage
|
|
type ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to modify.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of parameters in the DB cluster parameter group to modify.
|
|
//
|
|
// Parameters is a required field
|
|
Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Parameters == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Parameters"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.Parameters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeMessage
|
|
type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB cluster snapshot attribute to modify.
|
|
//
|
|
// To manage authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual
|
|
// DB cluster snapshot, set this value to restore.
|
|
//
|
|
// AttributeName is a required field
|
|
AttributeName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to modify the attributes for.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of DB cluster snapshot attributes to add to the attribute specified
|
|
// by AttributeName.
|
|
//
|
|
// To authorize other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot,
|
|
// set this list to include one or more AWS account IDs, or all to make the
|
|
// manual DB cluster snapshot restorable by any AWS account. Do not add the
|
|
// all value for any manual DB cluster snapshots that contain private information
|
|
// that you don't want available to all AWS accounts.
|
|
ValuesToAdd []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of DB cluster snapshot attributes to remove from the attribute specified
|
|
// by AttributeName.
|
|
//
|
|
// To remove authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual
|
|
// DB cluster snapshot, set this list to include one or more AWS account identifiers,
|
|
// or all to remove authorization for any AWS account to copy or restore the
|
|
// DB cluster snapshot. If you specify all, an AWS account whose account ID
|
|
// is explicitly added to the restore attribute can still copy or restore a
|
|
// manual DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
ValuesToRemove []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput"}
|
|
if s.AttributeName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AttributeName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttributeName sets the AttributeName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetAttributeName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput {
|
|
s.AttributeName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValuesToAdd sets the ValuesToAdd field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetValuesToAdd(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput {
|
|
s.ValuesToAdd = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValuesToRemove sets the ValuesToRemove field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetValuesToRemove(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput {
|
|
s.ValuesToRemove = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeResult
|
|
type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes
|
|
// API action.
|
|
//
|
|
// Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts
|
|
// to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see
|
|
// the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
|
|
DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult sets the DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult(v *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBInstanceMessage
|
|
type ModifyDBInstanceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The new storage capacity of the RDS instance. Changing this setting does
|
|
// not result in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance
|
|
// window unless ApplyImmediately is set to true for this request.
|
|
//
|
|
// MySQL
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Uses existing setting
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 5-6144
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current
|
|
// value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are
|
|
// rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Type: Integer
|
|
//
|
|
// MariaDB
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Uses existing setting
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 5-6144
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current
|
|
// value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are
|
|
// rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Type: Integer
|
|
//
|
|
// PostgreSQL
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Uses existing setting
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 5-6144
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current
|
|
// value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are
|
|
// rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Type: Integer
|
|
//
|
|
// Oracle
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Uses existing setting
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 10-6144
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current
|
|
// value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are
|
|
// rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value.
|
|
//
|
|
// SQL Server
|
|
//
|
|
// Cannot be modified.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you choose to migrate your DB instance from using standard storage to
|
|
// using Provisioned IOPS, or from using Provisioned IOPS to using standard
|
|
// storage, the process can take time. The duration of the migration depends
|
|
// on several factors such as database load, storage size, storage type (standard
|
|
// or Provisioned IOPS), amount of IOPS provisioned (if any), and the number
|
|
// of prior scale storage operations. Typical migration times are under 24 hours,
|
|
// but the process can take up to several days in some cases. During the migration,
|
|
// the DB instance is available for use, but might experience performance degradation.
|
|
// While the migration takes place, nightly backups for the instance are suspended.
|
|
// No other Amazon RDS operations can take place for the instance, including
|
|
// modifying the instance, rebooting the instance, deleting the instance, creating
|
|
// a Read Replica for the instance, and creating a DB snapshot of the instance.
|
|
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates that major version upgrades are allowed. Changing this parameter
|
|
// does not result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as
|
|
// soon as possible.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: This parameter must be set to true when specifying a value for
|
|
// the EngineVersion parameter that is a different major version than the DB
|
|
// instance's current version.
|
|
AllowMajorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether the modifications in this request and any pending modifications
|
|
// are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow
|
|
// setting for the DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// If this parameter is set to false, changes to the DB instance are applied
|
|
// during the next maintenance window. Some parameter changes can cause an outage
|
|
// and are applied on the next call to RebootDBInstance, or the next failure
|
|
// reboot. Review the table of parameters in Modifying a DB Instance and Using
|
|
// the Apply Immediately Parameter (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.DBInstance.Modifying.html)
|
|
// to see the impact that setting ApplyImmediately to true or false has for
|
|
// each modified parameter and to determine when the changes are applied.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates that minor version upgrades are applied automatically to the DB
|
|
// instance during the maintenance window. Changing this parameter does not
|
|
// result in an outage except in the following case and the change is asynchronously
|
|
// applied as soon as possible. An outage will result if this parameter is set
|
|
// to true during the maintenance window, and a newer minor version is available,
|
|
// and RDS has enabled auto patching for that engine version.
|
|
AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of days to retain automated backups. Setting this parameter to
|
|
// a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 0 disables automated
|
|
// backups.
|
|
//
|
|
// Changing this parameter can result in an outage if you change from 0 to a
|
|
// non-zero value or from a non-zero value to 0. These changes are applied during
|
|
// the next maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set
|
|
// to true for this request. If you change the parameter from one non-zero value
|
|
// to another non-zero value, the change is asynchronously applied as soon as
|
|
// possible.
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon Aurora
|
|
//
|
|
// Not applicable. The retention period for automated backups is managed by
|
|
// the DB cluster. For more information, see ModifyDBCluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Uses existing setting
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be a value from 0 to 35
|
|
//
|
|
// * Can be specified for a MySQL Read Replica only if the source is running
|
|
// MySQL 5.6
|
|
//
|
|
// * Can be specified for a PostgreSQL Read Replica only if the source is
|
|
// running PostgreSQL 9.3.5
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be set to 0 if the DB instance is a source to Read Replicas
|
|
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates the certificate that needs to be associated with the instance.
|
|
CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// True to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance,
|
|
// and otherwise false. The default is false.
|
|
CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The new compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, db.m4.large.
|
|
// Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or for all
|
|
// database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability
|
|
// for your engine, see DB Instance Class (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you modify the DB instance class, an outage occurs during the change.
|
|
// The change is applied during the next maintenance window, unless ApplyImmediately
|
|
// is specified as true for this request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Uses existing setting
|
|
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB instance identifier. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB parameter group to apply to the DB instance. Changing
|
|
// this setting does not result in an outage. The parameter group name itself
|
|
// is changed immediately, but the actual parameter changes are not applied
|
|
// until you reboot the instance without failover. The db instance will NOT
|
|
// be rebooted automatically and the parameter changes will NOT be applied during
|
|
// the next maintenance window.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Uses existing setting
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: The DB parameter group must be in the same DB parameter group
|
|
// family as this DB instance.
|
|
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port number on which the database accepts connections.
|
|
//
|
|
// The value of the DBPortNumber parameter must not match any of the port values
|
|
// specified for options in the option group for the DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Your database will restart when you change the DBPortNumber value regardless
|
|
// of the value of the ApplyImmediately parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// MySQL
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 3306
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 1150-65535
|
|
//
|
|
// MariaDB
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 3306
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 1150-65535
|
|
//
|
|
// PostgreSQL
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 5432
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 1150-65535
|
|
//
|
|
// Type: Integer
|
|
//
|
|
// Oracle
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 1521
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 1150-65535
|
|
//
|
|
// SQL Server
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 1433
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 1150-65535 except for 1434, 3389, 47001, 49152, and 49152 through
|
|
// 49156.
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon Aurora
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 3306
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 1150-65535
|
|
DBPortNumber *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of DB security groups to authorize on this DB instance. Changing this
|
|
// setting does not result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied
|
|
// as soon as possible.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * If supplied, must match existing DBSecurityGroups.
|
|
DBSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The new DB subnet group for the DB instance. You can use this parameter to
|
|
// move your DB instance to a different VPC. If your DB instance is not in a
|
|
// VPC, you can also use this parameter to move your DB instance into a VPC.
|
|
// For more information, see Updating the VPC for a DB Instance (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_VPC.WorkingWithRDSInstanceinaVPC.html#USER_VPC.Non-VPC2VPC).
|
|
//
|
|
// Changing the subnet group causes an outage during the change. The change
|
|
// is applied during the next maintenance window, unless you specify true for
|
|
// the ApplyImmediately parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: mySubnetGroup
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Active Directory Domain to move the instance to. Specify none to remove
|
|
// the instance from its current domain. The domain must be created prior to
|
|
// this operation. Currently only a Microsoft SQL Server instance can be created
|
|
// in a Active Directory Domain.
|
|
Domain *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the IAM role to use when making API calls to the Directory Service.
|
|
DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts
|
|
// to database accounts, and otherwise false.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon Aurora
|
|
//
|
|
// Not applicable. Mapping AWS IAM accounts to database accounts is managed
|
|
// by the DB cluster. For more information, see ModifyDBCluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// MySQL
|
|
//
|
|
// * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher
|
|
//
|
|
// * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// True to enable Performance Insights for the DB instance, and otherwise false.
|
|
EnablePerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The version number of the database engine to upgrade to. Changing this parameter
|
|
// results in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance
|
|
// window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true for this request.
|
|
//
|
|
// For major version upgrades, if a nondefault DB parameter group is currently
|
|
// in use, a new DB parameter group in the DB parameter group family for the
|
|
// new engine version must be specified. The new DB parameter group can be the
|
|
// default for that DB parameter group family.
|
|
//
|
|
// For a list of valid engine versions, see CreateDBInstance.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The new Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value for the RDS instance.
|
|
// Changing this setting does not result in an outage and the change is applied
|
|
// during the next maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter
|
|
// is set to true for this request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Uses existing setting
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current
|
|
// value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are
|
|
// rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value. If you are
|
|
// migrating from Provisioned IOPS to standard storage, set this value to 0.
|
|
// The DB instance will require a reboot for the change in storage type to take
|
|
// effect.
|
|
//
|
|
// SQL Server
|
|
//
|
|
// Setting the IOPS value for the SQL Server database engine is not supported.
|
|
//
|
|
// Type: Integer
|
|
//
|
|
// If you choose to migrate your DB instance from using standard storage to
|
|
// using Provisioned IOPS, or from using Provisioned IOPS to using standard
|
|
// storage, the process can take time. The duration of the migration depends
|
|
// on several factors such as database load, storage size, storage type (standard
|
|
// or Provisioned IOPS), amount of IOPS provisioned (if any), and the number
|
|
// of prior scale storage operations. Typical migration times are under 24 hours,
|
|
// but the process can take up to several days in some cases. During the migration,
|
|
// the DB instance is available for use, but might experience performance degradation.
|
|
// While the migration takes place, nightly backups for the instance are suspended.
|
|
// No other Amazon RDS operations can take place for the instance, including
|
|
// modifying the instance, rebooting the instance, deleting the instance, creating
|
|
// a Read Replica for the instance, and creating a DB snapshot of the instance.
|
|
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The license model for the DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license
|
|
LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The new password for the master user. The password can include any printable
|
|
// ASCII character except "/", """, or "@".
|
|
//
|
|
// Changing this parameter does not result in an outage and the change is asynchronously
|
|
// applied as soon as possible. Between the time of the request and the completion
|
|
// of the request, the MasterUserPassword element exists in the PendingModifiedValues
|
|
// element of the operation response.
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon Aurora
|
|
//
|
|
// Not applicable. The password for the master user is managed by the DB cluster.
|
|
// For more information, see ModifyDBCluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Uses existing setting
|
|
//
|
|
// MariaDB
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
|
|
//
|
|
// Microsoft SQL Server
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters.
|
|
//
|
|
// MySQL
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
|
|
//
|
|
// Oracle
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 30 characters.
|
|
//
|
|
// PostgreSQL
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters.
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon RDS API actions never return the password, so this action provides
|
|
// a way to regain access to a primary instance user if the password is lost.
|
|
// This includes restoring privileges that might have been accidentally revoked.
|
|
MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics
|
|
// are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring
|
|
// metrics, specify 0. The default is 0.
|
|
//
|
|
// If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval
|
|
// to a value other than 0.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60
|
|
MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics
|
|
// to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess.
|
|
// For information on creating a monitoring role, go to To create an IAM role
|
|
// for Amazon RDS Enhanced Monitoring (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.IAMRole).
|
|
//
|
|
// If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply
|
|
// a MonitoringRoleArn value.
|
|
MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. Changing this parameter
|
|
// does not result in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance
|
|
// window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true for this request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Cannot be specified if the DB instance is a Read Replica.
|
|
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The new DB instance identifier for the DB instance when renaming a DB instance.
|
|
// When you change the DB instance identifier, an instance reboot will occur
|
|
// immediately if you set Apply Immediately to true, or will occur during the
|
|
// next maintenance window if Apply Immediately to false. This value is stored
|
|
// as a lowercase string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * The first character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: mydbinstance
|
|
NewDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the specified option
|
|
// group. Changing this parameter does not result in an outage except in the
|
|
// following case and the change is applied during the next maintenance window
|
|
// unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true for this request. If
|
|
// the parameter change results in an option group that enables OEM, this change
|
|
// can cause a brief (sub-second) period during which new connections are rejected
|
|
// but existing connections are not interrupted.
|
|
//
|
|
// Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE,
|
|
// can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed
|
|
// from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The
|
|
// KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the
|
|
// KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key.
|
|
PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
|
|
// backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
|
|
// Changing this parameter does not result in an outage and the change is asynchronously
|
|
// applied as soon as possible.
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon Aurora
|
|
//
|
|
// Not applicable. The daily time range for creating automated backups is managed
|
|
// by the DB cluster. For more information, see ModifyDBCluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be in Universal Time Coordinated (UTC)
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be at least 30 minutes
|
|
PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur,
|
|
// which might result in an outage. Changing this parameter does not result
|
|
// in an outage, except in the following situation, and the change is asynchronously
|
|
// applied as soon as possible. If there are pending actions that cause a reboot,
|
|
// and the maintenance window is changed to include the current time, then changing
|
|
// this parameter will cause a reboot of the DB instance. If moving this window
|
|
// to the current time, there must be at least 30 minutes between the current
|
|
// time and end of the window to ensure pending changes are applied.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Uses existing setting
|
|
//
|
|
// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be at least 30 minutes
|
|
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to
|
|
// the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For
|
|
// more information, see Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Managing.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance).
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 1
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 0 - 15
|
|
PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Boolean value that indicates if the DB instance has a publicly resolvable
|
|
// DNS name. Set to True to make the DB instance Internet-facing with a publicly
|
|
// resolvable DNS name, which resolves to a public IP address. Set to False
|
|
// to make the DB instance internal with a DNS name that resolves to a private
|
|
// IP address.
|
|
//
|
|
// PubliclyAccessible only applies to DB instances in a VPC. The DB instance
|
|
// must be part of a public subnet and PubliclyAccessible must be true in order
|
|
// for it to be publicly accessible.
|
|
//
|
|
// Changes to the PubliclyAccessible parameter are applied immediately regardless
|
|
// of the value of the ApplyImmediately parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified, otherwise standard
|
|
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption.
|
|
TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the
|
|
// device.
|
|
TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of EC2 VPC security groups to authorize on this DB instance. This
|
|
// change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible.
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon Aurora
|
|
//
|
|
// Not applicable. The associated list of EC2 VPC security groups is managed
|
|
// by the DB cluster. For more information, see ModifyDBCluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * If supplied, must match existing VpcSecurityGroupIds.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBInstanceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBInstanceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBInstanceInput"}
|
|
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.AllocatedStorage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllowMajorVersionUpgrade sets the AllowMajorVersionUpgrade field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetAllowMajorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.AllowMajorVersionUpgrade = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetApplyImmediately sets the ApplyImmediately field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetApplyImmediately(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.ApplyImmediately = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCACertificateIdentifier sets the CACertificateIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetCACertificateIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.CACertificateIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.DBInstanceClass = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.DBParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBPortNumber sets the DBPortNumber field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBPortNumber(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.DBPortNumber = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSecurityGroups sets the DBSecurityGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBSecurityGroups(v []*string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.DBSecurityGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDomain(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.Domain = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnablePerformanceInsights sets the EnablePerformanceInsights field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetEnablePerformanceInsights(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.EnablePerformanceInsights = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.EngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIops sets the Iops field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetIops(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.Iops = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.LicenseModel = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.MasterUserPassword = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.MonitoringInterval = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.MultiAZ = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNewDBInstanceIdentifier sets the NewDBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetNewDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.NewDBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.OptionGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId sets the PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.PromotionTier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.PubliclyAccessible = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetStorageType(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.StorageType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.TdeCredentialArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTdeCredentialPassword sets the TdeCredentialPassword field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetTdeCredentialPassword(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.TdeCredentialPassword = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBInstanceResult
|
|
type ModifyDBInstanceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
|
|
DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBInstanceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *ModifyDBInstanceOutput {
|
|
s.DBInstance = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBParameterGroupMessage
|
|
type ModifyDBParameterGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBParameterGroup.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBParameterGroupName is a required field
|
|
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// An array of parameter names, values, and the apply method for the parameter
|
|
// update. At least one parameter name, value, and apply method must be supplied;
|
|
// subsequent arguments are optional. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified
|
|
// in a single request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values (for the application method): immediate | pending-reboot
|
|
//
|
|
// You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use
|
|
// the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters, and changes
|
|
// are applied when you reboot the DB instance without failover.
|
|
//
|
|
// Parameters is a required field
|
|
Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBParameterGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Parameters == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Parameters"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.DBParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.Parameters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeMessage
|
|
type ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB snapshot attribute to modify.
|
|
//
|
|
// To manage authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual
|
|
// DB snapshot, set this value to restore.
|
|
//
|
|
// AttributeName is a required field
|
|
AttributeName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier for the DB snapshot to modify the attributes for.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of DB snapshot attributes to add to the attribute specified by AttributeName.
|
|
//
|
|
// To authorize other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual snapshot, set
|
|
// this list to include one or more AWS account IDs, or all to make the manual
|
|
// DB snapshot restorable by any AWS account. Do not add the all value for any
|
|
// manual DB snapshots that contain private information that you don't want
|
|
// available to all AWS accounts.
|
|
ValuesToAdd []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of DB snapshot attributes to remove from the attribute specified by
|
|
// AttributeName.
|
|
//
|
|
// To remove authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual
|
|
// snapshot, set this list to include one or more AWS account identifiers, or
|
|
// all to remove authorization for any AWS account to copy or restore the DB
|
|
// snapshot. If you specify all, an AWS account whose account ID is explicitly
|
|
// added to the restore attribute can still copy or restore the manual DB snapshot.
|
|
ValuesToRemove []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput"}
|
|
if s.AttributeName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AttributeName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttributeName sets the AttributeName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) SetAttributeName(v string) *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput {
|
|
s.AttributeName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput {
|
|
s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValuesToAdd sets the ValuesToAdd field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) SetValuesToAdd(v []*string) *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput {
|
|
s.ValuesToAdd = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValuesToRemove sets the ValuesToRemove field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) SetValuesToRemove(v []*string) *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput {
|
|
s.ValuesToRemove = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeResult
|
|
type ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes
|
|
// API action.
|
|
//
|
|
// Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to
|
|
// copy or restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute
|
|
// API action.
|
|
DBSnapshotAttributesResult *DBSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSnapshotAttributesResult sets the DBSnapshotAttributesResult field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput) SetDBSnapshotAttributesResult(v *DBSnapshotAttributesResult) *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.DBSnapshotAttributesResult = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSnapshotMessage
|
|
type ModifyDBSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the DB snapshot to modify.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The engine version to upgrade the DB snapshot to.
|
|
//
|
|
// The following are the database engines and engine versions that are available
|
|
// when you upgrade a DB snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// MySQL
|
|
//
|
|
// * 5.5.46 (supported for 5.1 DB snapshots)
|
|
//
|
|
// Oracle
|
|
//
|
|
// * 12.1.0.2.v8 (supported for 12.1.0.1 DB snapshots)
|
|
//
|
|
// * 11.2.0.4.v12 (supported for 11.2.0.2 DB snapshots)
|
|
//
|
|
// * 11.2.0.4.v11 (supported for 11.2.0.3 DB snapshots)
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The option group to identify with the upgraded DB snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can specify this parameter when you upgrade an Oracle DB snapshot. The
|
|
// same option group considerations apply when upgrading a DB snapshot as when
|
|
// upgrading a DB instance. For more information, see Option Group Considerations
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Oracle.html#USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Oracle.OGPG.OG).
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBSnapshotInput"}
|
|
if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *ModifyDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.EngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.OptionGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSnapshotResult
|
|
type ModifyDBSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action.
|
|
DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSnapshot sets the DBSnapshot field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotOutput) SetDBSnapshot(v *DBSnapshot) *ModifyDBSnapshotOutput {
|
|
s.DBSnapshot = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSubnetGroupMessage
|
|
type ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The description for the DB subnet group.
|
|
DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name for the DB subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
// You can't modify the default subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Must not be
|
|
// default.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: mySubnetgroup
|
|
//
|
|
// DBSubnetGroupName is a required field
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The EC2 subnet IDs for the DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// SubnetIds is a required field
|
|
SubnetIds []*string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.DBSubnetGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SubnetIds == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroupDescription sets the DBSubnetGroupDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupDescription(v string) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroupDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput {
|
|
s.SubnetIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSubnetGroupResult
|
|
type ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups
|
|
// action.
|
|
DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) SetDBSubnetGroup(v *DBSubnetGroup) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroup = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyEventSubscriptionMessage
|
|
type ModifyEventSubscriptionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A Boolean value; set to true to activate the subscription.
|
|
Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of event categories for a SourceType that you want to subscribe to.
|
|
// You can see a list of the categories for a given SourceType in the Events
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html)
|
|
// topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories
|
|
// action.
|
|
EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event notification.
|
|
// The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic and subscribe to
|
|
// it.
|
|
SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of source that is generating the events. For example, if you want
|
|
// to be notified of events generated by a DB instance, you would set this parameter
|
|
// to db-instance. if this value is not specified, all events are returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: db-instance | db-parameter-group | db-security-group | db-snapshot
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the RDS event notification subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// SubscriptionName is a required field
|
|
SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyEventSubscriptionInput"}
|
|
if s.SubscriptionName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetEnabled(v bool) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.Enabled = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.EventCategories = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSnsTopicArn(v string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.SnsTopicArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceType(v string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.SourceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.SubscriptionName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyEventSubscriptionResult
|
|
type ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions
|
|
// action.
|
|
EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput {
|
|
s.EventSubscription = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyOptionGroupMessage
|
|
type ModifyOptionGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the changes should be applied immediately, or during the
|
|
// next maintenance window for each instance associated with the option group.
|
|
ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the option group to be modified.
|
|
//
|
|
// Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE,
|
|
// can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed
|
|
// from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance
|
|
//
|
|
// OptionGroupName is a required field
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Options in this list are added to the option group or, if already present,
|
|
// the specified configuration is used to update the existing configuration.
|
|
OptionsToInclude []*OptionConfiguration `locationNameList:"OptionConfiguration" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Options in this list are removed from the option group.
|
|
OptionsToRemove []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyOptionGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyOptionGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyOptionGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyOptionGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.OptionGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptionGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.OptionsToInclude != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.OptionsToInclude {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "OptionsToInclude", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetApplyImmediately sets the ApplyImmediately field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyOptionGroupInput) SetApplyImmediately(v bool) *ModifyOptionGroupInput {
|
|
s.ApplyImmediately = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyOptionGroupInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *ModifyOptionGroupInput {
|
|
s.OptionGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionsToInclude sets the OptionsToInclude field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyOptionGroupInput) SetOptionsToInclude(v []*OptionConfiguration) *ModifyOptionGroupInput {
|
|
s.OptionsToInclude = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionsToRemove sets the OptionsToRemove field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyOptionGroupInput) SetOptionsToRemove(v []*string) *ModifyOptionGroupInput {
|
|
s.OptionsToRemove = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyOptionGroupResult
|
|
type ModifyOptionGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
OptionGroup *OptionGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyOptionGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionGroup sets the OptionGroup field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyOptionGroupOutput) SetOptionGroup(v *OptionGroup) *ModifyOptionGroupOutput {
|
|
s.OptionGroup = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Option details.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/Option
|
|
type Option struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// If the option requires access to a port, then this DB security group allows
|
|
// access to the port.
|
|
DBSecurityGroupMemberships []*DBSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the option.
|
|
OptionDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the option.
|
|
OptionName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The option settings for this option.
|
|
OptionSettings []*OptionSetting `locationNameList:"OptionSetting" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The version of the option.
|
|
OptionVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicate if this option is permanent.
|
|
Permanent *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicate if this option is persistent.
|
|
Persistent *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// If required, the port configured for this option to use.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// If the option requires access to a port, then this VPC security group allows
|
|
// access to the port.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupMemberships []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Option) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Option) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSecurityGroupMemberships sets the DBSecurityGroupMemberships field's value.
|
|
func (s *Option) SetDBSecurityGroupMemberships(v []*DBSecurityGroupMembership) *Option {
|
|
s.DBSecurityGroupMemberships = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionDescription sets the OptionDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *Option) SetOptionDescription(v string) *Option {
|
|
s.OptionDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionName sets the OptionName field's value.
|
|
func (s *Option) SetOptionName(v string) *Option {
|
|
s.OptionName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionSettings sets the OptionSettings field's value.
|
|
func (s *Option) SetOptionSettings(v []*OptionSetting) *Option {
|
|
s.OptionSettings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionVersion sets the OptionVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *Option) SetOptionVersion(v string) *Option {
|
|
s.OptionVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPermanent sets the Permanent field's value.
|
|
func (s *Option) SetPermanent(v bool) *Option {
|
|
s.Permanent = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPersistent sets the Persistent field's value.
|
|
func (s *Option) SetPersistent(v bool) *Option {
|
|
s.Persistent = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *Option) SetPort(v int64) *Option {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcSecurityGroupMemberships sets the VpcSecurityGroupMemberships field's value.
|
|
func (s *Option) SetVpcSecurityGroupMemberships(v []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership) *Option {
|
|
s.VpcSecurityGroupMemberships = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// A list of all available options
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/OptionConfiguration
|
|
type OptionConfiguration struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of DBSecurityGroupMemebrship name strings used for this option.
|
|
DBSecurityGroupMemberships []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The configuration of options to include in a group.
|
|
//
|
|
// OptionName is a required field
|
|
OptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The option settings to include in an option group.
|
|
OptionSettings []*OptionSetting `locationNameList:"OptionSetting" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The version for the option.
|
|
OptionVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The optional port for the option.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of VpcSecurityGroupMemebrship name strings used for this option.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupMemberships []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OptionConfiguration) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OptionConfiguration) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *OptionConfiguration) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "OptionConfiguration"}
|
|
if s.OptionName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptionName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSecurityGroupMemberships sets the DBSecurityGroupMemberships field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetDBSecurityGroupMemberships(v []*string) *OptionConfiguration {
|
|
s.DBSecurityGroupMemberships = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionName sets the OptionName field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetOptionName(v string) *OptionConfiguration {
|
|
s.OptionName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionSettings sets the OptionSettings field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetOptionSettings(v []*OptionSetting) *OptionConfiguration {
|
|
s.OptionSettings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionVersion sets the OptionVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetOptionVersion(v string) *OptionConfiguration {
|
|
s.OptionVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetPort(v int64) *OptionConfiguration {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcSecurityGroupMemberships sets the VpcSecurityGroupMemberships field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetVpcSecurityGroupMemberships(v []*string) *OptionConfiguration {
|
|
s.VpcSecurityGroupMemberships = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/OptionGroup
|
|
type OptionGroup struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether this option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC
|
|
// instances. The value true indicates the option group can be applied to both
|
|
// VPC and non-VPC instances.
|
|
AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates the name of the engine that this option group can be applied to.
|
|
EngineName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates the major engine version associated with this option group.
|
|
MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the option group.
|
|
OptionGroupArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides a description of the option group.
|
|
OptionGroupDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the option group.
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates what options are available in the option group.
|
|
Options []*Option `locationNameList:"Option" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// If AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships is false, this field is blank. If
|
|
// AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships is true and this field is blank, then
|
|
// this option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC instances. If this
|
|
// field contains a value, then this option group can only be applied to instances
|
|
// that are in the VPC indicated by this field.
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OptionGroup) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OptionGroup) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships sets the AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionGroup) SetAllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships(v bool) *OptionGroup {
|
|
s.AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineName sets the EngineName field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionGroup) SetEngineName(v string) *OptionGroup {
|
|
s.EngineName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMajorEngineVersion sets the MajorEngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionGroup) SetMajorEngineVersion(v string) *OptionGroup {
|
|
s.MajorEngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionGroupArn sets the OptionGroupArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionGroup) SetOptionGroupArn(v string) *OptionGroup {
|
|
s.OptionGroupArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionGroupDescription sets the OptionGroupDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionGroup) SetOptionGroupDescription(v string) *OptionGroup {
|
|
s.OptionGroupDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionGroup) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *OptionGroup {
|
|
s.OptionGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptions sets the Options field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionGroup) SetOptions(v []*Option) *OptionGroup {
|
|
s.Options = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionGroup) SetVpcId(v string) *OptionGroup {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Provides information on the option groups the DB instance is a member of.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/OptionGroupMembership
|
|
type OptionGroupMembership struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the option group that the instance belongs to.
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the DB instance's option group membership. Valid values are:
|
|
// in-sync, pending-apply, pending-removal, pending-maintenance-apply, pending-maintenance-removal,
|
|
// applying, removing, and failed.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OptionGroupMembership) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OptionGroupMembership) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionGroupMembership) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *OptionGroupMembership {
|
|
s.OptionGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionGroupMembership) SetStatus(v string) *OptionGroupMembership {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Available option.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/OptionGroupOption
|
|
type OptionGroupOption struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// If the option requires a port, specifies the default port for the option.
|
|
DefaultPort *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the option.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the engine that this option can be applied to.
|
|
EngineName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates the major engine version that the option is available for.
|
|
MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The minimum required engine version for the option to be applied.
|
|
MinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the option.
|
|
Name *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The option settings that are available (and the default value) for each option
|
|
// in an option group.
|
|
OptionGroupOptionSettings []*OptionGroupOptionSetting `locationNameList:"OptionGroupOptionSetting" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The versions that are available for the option.
|
|
OptionGroupOptionVersions []*OptionVersion `locationNameList:"OptionVersion" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The options that conflict with this option.
|
|
OptionsConflictsWith []*string `locationNameList:"OptionConflictName" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The options that are prerequisites for this option.
|
|
OptionsDependedOn []*string `locationNameList:"OptionName" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Permanent options can never be removed from an option group. An option group
|
|
// containing a permanent option can't be removed from a DB instance.
|
|
Permanent *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Persistent options can't be removed from an option group while DB instances
|
|
// are associated with the option group. If you disassociate all DB instances
|
|
// from the option group, your can remove the persistent option from the option
|
|
// group.
|
|
Persistent *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether the option requires a port.
|
|
PortRequired *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// If true, you must enable the Auto Minor Version Upgrade setting for your
|
|
// DB instance before you can use this option. You can enable Auto Minor Version
|
|
// Upgrade when you first create your DB instance, or by modifying your DB instance
|
|
// later.
|
|
RequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// If true, you can change the option to an earlier version of the option. This
|
|
// only applies to options that have different versions available.
|
|
SupportsOptionVersionDowngrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// If true, you can only use this option with a DB instance that is in a VPC.
|
|
VpcOnly *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OptionGroupOption) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OptionGroupOption) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDefaultPort sets the DefaultPort field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetDefaultPort(v int64) *OptionGroupOption {
|
|
s.DefaultPort = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetDescription(v string) *OptionGroupOption {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineName sets the EngineName field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetEngineName(v string) *OptionGroupOption {
|
|
s.EngineName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMajorEngineVersion sets the MajorEngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetMajorEngineVersion(v string) *OptionGroupOption {
|
|
s.MajorEngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion sets the MinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion(v string) *OptionGroupOption {
|
|
s.MinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetName(v string) *OptionGroupOption {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionGroupOptionSettings sets the OptionGroupOptionSettings field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetOptionGroupOptionSettings(v []*OptionGroupOptionSetting) *OptionGroupOption {
|
|
s.OptionGroupOptionSettings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionGroupOptionVersions sets the OptionGroupOptionVersions field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetOptionGroupOptionVersions(v []*OptionVersion) *OptionGroupOption {
|
|
s.OptionGroupOptionVersions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionsConflictsWith sets the OptionsConflictsWith field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetOptionsConflictsWith(v []*string) *OptionGroupOption {
|
|
s.OptionsConflictsWith = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionsDependedOn sets the OptionsDependedOn field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetOptionsDependedOn(v []*string) *OptionGroupOption {
|
|
s.OptionsDependedOn = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPermanent sets the Permanent field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetPermanent(v bool) *OptionGroupOption {
|
|
s.Permanent = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPersistent sets the Persistent field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetPersistent(v bool) *OptionGroupOption {
|
|
s.Persistent = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPortRequired sets the PortRequired field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetPortRequired(v bool) *OptionGroupOption {
|
|
s.PortRequired = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade sets the RequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetRequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade(v bool) *OptionGroupOption {
|
|
s.RequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSupportsOptionVersionDowngrade sets the SupportsOptionVersionDowngrade field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetSupportsOptionVersionDowngrade(v bool) *OptionGroupOption {
|
|
s.SupportsOptionVersionDowngrade = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcOnly sets the VpcOnly field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetVpcOnly(v bool) *OptionGroupOption {
|
|
s.VpcOnly = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Option group option settings are used to display settings available for each
|
|
// option with their default values and other information. These values are
|
|
// used with the DescribeOptionGroupOptions action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/OptionGroupOptionSetting
|
|
type OptionGroupOptionSetting struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates the acceptable values for the option group option.
|
|
AllowedValues *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB engine specific parameter type for the option group option.
|
|
ApplyType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The default value for the option group option.
|
|
DefaultValue *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Boolean value where true indicates that this option group option can be changed
|
|
// from the default value.
|
|
IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the option group option.
|
|
SettingDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the option group option.
|
|
SettingName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OptionGroupOptionSetting) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OptionGroupOptionSetting) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllowedValues sets the AllowedValues field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetAllowedValues(v string) *OptionGroupOptionSetting {
|
|
s.AllowedValues = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetApplyType sets the ApplyType field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetApplyType(v string) *OptionGroupOptionSetting {
|
|
s.ApplyType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDefaultValue sets the DefaultValue field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetDefaultValue(v string) *OptionGroupOptionSetting {
|
|
s.DefaultValue = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIsModifiable sets the IsModifiable field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetIsModifiable(v bool) *OptionGroupOptionSetting {
|
|
s.IsModifiable = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSettingDescription sets the SettingDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetSettingDescription(v string) *OptionGroupOptionSetting {
|
|
s.SettingDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSettingName sets the SettingName field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetSettingName(v string) *OptionGroupOptionSetting {
|
|
s.SettingName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Option settings are the actual settings being applied or configured for that
|
|
// option. It is used when you modify an option group or describe option groups.
|
|
// For example, the NATIVE_NETWORK_ENCRYPTION option has a setting called SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_SERVER
|
|
// that can have several different values.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/OptionSetting
|
|
type OptionSetting struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The allowed values of the option setting.
|
|
AllowedValues *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB engine specific parameter type.
|
|
ApplyType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The data type of the option setting.
|
|
DataType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The default value of the option setting.
|
|
DefaultValue *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the option setting.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates if the option setting is part of a collection.
|
|
IsCollection *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A Boolean value that, when true, indicates the option setting can be modified
|
|
// from the default.
|
|
IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the option that has settings that you can set.
|
|
Name *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The current value of the option setting.
|
|
Value *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OptionSetting) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OptionSetting) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllowedValues sets the AllowedValues field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionSetting) SetAllowedValues(v string) *OptionSetting {
|
|
s.AllowedValues = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetApplyType sets the ApplyType field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionSetting) SetApplyType(v string) *OptionSetting {
|
|
s.ApplyType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDataType sets the DataType field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionSetting) SetDataType(v string) *OptionSetting {
|
|
s.DataType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDefaultValue sets the DefaultValue field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionSetting) SetDefaultValue(v string) *OptionSetting {
|
|
s.DefaultValue = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionSetting) SetDescription(v string) *OptionSetting {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIsCollection sets the IsCollection field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionSetting) SetIsCollection(v bool) *OptionSetting {
|
|
s.IsCollection = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIsModifiable sets the IsModifiable field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionSetting) SetIsModifiable(v bool) *OptionSetting {
|
|
s.IsModifiable = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionSetting) SetName(v string) *OptionSetting {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionSetting) SetValue(v string) *OptionSetting {
|
|
s.Value = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The version for an option. Option group option versions are returned by the
|
|
// DescribeOptionGroupOptions action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/OptionVersion
|
|
type OptionVersion struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// True if the version is the default version of the option, and otherwise false.
|
|
IsDefault *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The version of the option.
|
|
Version *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OptionVersion) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OptionVersion) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIsDefault sets the IsDefault field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionVersion) SetIsDefault(v bool) *OptionVersion {
|
|
s.IsDefault = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVersion sets the Version field's value.
|
|
func (s *OptionVersion) SetVersion(v string) *OptionVersion {
|
|
s.Version = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains a list of available options for a DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
|
|
// action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/OrderableDBInstanceOption
|
|
type OrderableDBInstanceOption struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of Availability Zones for a DB instance.
|
|
AvailabilityZones []*AvailabilityZone `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB instance class for a DB instance.
|
|
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The engine type of a DB instance.
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The engine version of a DB instance.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The license model for a DB instance.
|
|
LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Maximum total provisioned IOPS for a DB instance.
|
|
MaxIopsPerDbInstance *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Maximum provisioned IOPS per GiB for a DB instance.
|
|
MaxIopsPerGib *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
|
|
// Maximum storage size for a DB instance.
|
|
MaxStorageSize *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Minimum total provisioned IOPS for a DB instance.
|
|
MinIopsPerDbInstance *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Minimum provisioned IOPS per GiB for a DB instance.
|
|
MinIopsPerGib *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
|
|
// Minimum storage size for a DB instance.
|
|
MinStorageSize *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether a DB instance is Multi-AZ capable.
|
|
MultiAZCapable *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether a DB instance can have a Read Replica.
|
|
ReadReplicaCapable *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates the storage type for a DB instance.
|
|
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether a DB instance supports Enhanced Monitoring at intervals
|
|
// from 1 to 60 seconds.
|
|
SupportsEnhancedMonitoring *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether a DB instance supports IAM database authentication.
|
|
SupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether a DB instance supports provisioned IOPS.
|
|
SupportsIops *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// True if a DB instance supports Performance Insights, otherwise false.
|
|
SupportsPerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether a DB instance supports encrypted storage.
|
|
SupportsStorageEncryption *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether a DB instance is in a VPC.
|
|
Vpc *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OrderableDBInstanceOption) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OrderableDBInstanceOption) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*AvailabilityZone) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZones = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
|
|
s.DBInstanceClass = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetEngine(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
|
|
s.Engine = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetEngineVersion(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
|
|
s.EngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetLicenseModel(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
|
|
s.LicenseModel = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxIopsPerDbInstance sets the MaxIopsPerDbInstance field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMaxIopsPerDbInstance(v int64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
|
|
s.MaxIopsPerDbInstance = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxIopsPerGib sets the MaxIopsPerGib field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMaxIopsPerGib(v float64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
|
|
s.MaxIopsPerGib = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxStorageSize sets the MaxStorageSize field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMaxStorageSize(v int64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
|
|
s.MaxStorageSize = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMinIopsPerDbInstance sets the MinIopsPerDbInstance field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMinIopsPerDbInstance(v int64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
|
|
s.MinIopsPerDbInstance = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMinIopsPerGib sets the MinIopsPerGib field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMinIopsPerGib(v float64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
|
|
s.MinIopsPerGib = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMinStorageSize sets the MinStorageSize field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMinStorageSize(v int64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
|
|
s.MinStorageSize = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMultiAZCapable sets the MultiAZCapable field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMultiAZCapable(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
|
|
s.MultiAZCapable = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReadReplicaCapable sets the ReadReplicaCapable field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetReadReplicaCapable(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
|
|
s.ReadReplicaCapable = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetStorageType(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
|
|
s.StorageType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSupportsEnhancedMonitoring sets the SupportsEnhancedMonitoring field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsEnhancedMonitoring(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
|
|
s.SupportsEnhancedMonitoring = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the SupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
|
|
s.SupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSupportsIops sets the SupportsIops field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsIops(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
|
|
s.SupportsIops = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSupportsPerformanceInsights sets the SupportsPerformanceInsights field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsPerformanceInsights(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
|
|
s.SupportsPerformanceInsights = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSupportsStorageEncryption sets the SupportsStorageEncryption field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsStorageEncryption(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
|
|
s.SupportsStorageEncryption = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetVpc(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
|
|
s.Vpc = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This data type is used as a request parameter in the ModifyDBParameterGroup
|
|
// and ResetDBParameterGroup actions.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters
|
|
// and DescribeDBParameters actions.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/Parameter
|
|
type Parameter struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the valid range of values for the parameter.
|
|
AllowedValues *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates when to apply parameter updates.
|
|
ApplyMethod *string `type:"string" enum:"ApplyMethod"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the engine specific parameters type.
|
|
ApplyType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the valid data type for the parameter.
|
|
DataType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides a description of the parameter.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether (true) or not (false) the parameter can be modified. Some
|
|
// parameters have security or operational implications that prevent them from
|
|
// being changed.
|
|
IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The earliest engine version to which the parameter can apply.
|
|
MinimumEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the parameter.
|
|
ParameterName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the value of the parameter.
|
|
ParameterValue *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates the source of the parameter value.
|
|
Source *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Parameter) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Parameter) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllowedValues sets the AllowedValues field's value.
|
|
func (s *Parameter) SetAllowedValues(v string) *Parameter {
|
|
s.AllowedValues = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetApplyMethod sets the ApplyMethod field's value.
|
|
func (s *Parameter) SetApplyMethod(v string) *Parameter {
|
|
s.ApplyMethod = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetApplyType sets the ApplyType field's value.
|
|
func (s *Parameter) SetApplyType(v string) *Parameter {
|
|
s.ApplyType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDataType sets the DataType field's value.
|
|
func (s *Parameter) SetDataType(v string) *Parameter {
|
|
s.DataType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *Parameter) SetDescription(v string) *Parameter {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIsModifiable sets the IsModifiable field's value.
|
|
func (s *Parameter) SetIsModifiable(v bool) *Parameter {
|
|
s.IsModifiable = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMinimumEngineVersion sets the MinimumEngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *Parameter) SetMinimumEngineVersion(v string) *Parameter {
|
|
s.MinimumEngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameterName sets the ParameterName field's value.
|
|
func (s *Parameter) SetParameterName(v string) *Parameter {
|
|
s.ParameterName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameterValue sets the ParameterValue field's value.
|
|
func (s *Parameter) SetParameterValue(v string) *Parameter {
|
|
s.ParameterValue = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSource sets the Source field's value.
|
|
func (s *Parameter) SetSource(v string) *Parameter {
|
|
s.Source = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Provides information about a pending maintenance action for a resource.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PendingMaintenanceAction
|
|
type PendingMaintenanceAction struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of pending maintenance action that is available for the resource.
|
|
Action *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The date of the maintenance window when the action is applied. The maintenance
|
|
// action is applied to the resource during its first maintenance window after
|
|
// this date. If this date is specified, any next-maintenance opt-in requests
|
|
// are ignored.
|
|
AutoAppliedAfterDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The effective date when the pending maintenance action is applied to the
|
|
// resource. This date takes into account opt-in requests received from the
|
|
// ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction API, the AutoAppliedAfterDate, and the ForcedApplyDate.
|
|
// This value is blank if an opt-in request has not been received and nothing
|
|
// has been specified as AutoAppliedAfterDate or ForcedApplyDate.
|
|
CurrentApplyDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// A description providing more detail about the maintenance action.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The date when the maintenance action is automatically applied. The maintenance
|
|
// action is applied to the resource on this date regardless of the maintenance
|
|
// window for the resource. If this date is specified, any immediate opt-in
|
|
// requests are ignored.
|
|
ForcedApplyDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates the type of opt-in request that has been received for the resource.
|
|
OptInStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PendingMaintenanceAction) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PendingMaintenanceAction) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAction sets the Action field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetAction(v string) *PendingMaintenanceAction {
|
|
s.Action = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAutoAppliedAfterDate sets the AutoAppliedAfterDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetAutoAppliedAfterDate(v time.Time) *PendingMaintenanceAction {
|
|
s.AutoAppliedAfterDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCurrentApplyDate sets the CurrentApplyDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetCurrentApplyDate(v time.Time) *PendingMaintenanceAction {
|
|
s.CurrentApplyDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetDescription(v string) *PendingMaintenanceAction {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetForcedApplyDate sets the ForcedApplyDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetForcedApplyDate(v time.Time) *PendingMaintenanceAction {
|
|
s.ForcedApplyDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptInStatus sets the OptInStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetOptInStatus(v string) *PendingMaintenanceAction {
|
|
s.OptInStatus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the ModifyDBInstance action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PendingModifiedValues
|
|
type PendingModifiedValues struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the new AllocatedStorage size for the DB instance that will be applied
|
|
// or is currently being applied.
|
|
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the pending number of days for which automated backups are retained.
|
|
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the identifier of the CA certificate for the DB instance.
|
|
CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the new DBInstanceClass for the DB instance that will be applied
|
|
// or is currently being applied.
|
|
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the new DBInstanceIdentifier for the DB instance that will be applied
|
|
// or is currently being applied.
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The new DB subnet group for the DB instance.
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates the database engine version.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the new Provisioned IOPS value for the DB instance that will be
|
|
// applied or is currently being applied.
|
|
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The license model for the DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license
|
|
LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the pending or currently-in-progress change of the master credentials
|
|
// for the DB instance.
|
|
MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates that the Single-AZ DB instance is to change to a Multi-AZ deployment.
|
|
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the pending port for the DB instance.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance.
|
|
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PendingModifiedValues) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PendingModifiedValues) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.AllocatedStorage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCACertificateIdentifier sets the CACertificateIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetCACertificateIdentifier(v string) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.CACertificateIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.DBInstanceClass = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetEngineVersion(v string) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.EngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIops sets the Iops field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetIops(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.Iops = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetLicenseModel(v string) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.LicenseModel = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.MasterUserPassword = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.MultiAZ = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetPort(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetStorageType(v string) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.StorageType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterMessage
|
|
type PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the DB cluster Read Replica to promote. This parameter
|
|
// is not case-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster Read Replica.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: my-cluster-replica1
|
|
//
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput"}
|
|
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterResult
|
|
type PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action.
|
|
DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value.
|
|
func (s *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput {
|
|
s.DBCluster = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PromoteReadReplicaMessage
|
|
type PromoteReadReplicaInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of days to retain automated backups. Setting this parameter to
|
|
// a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 0 disables automated
|
|
// backups.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 1
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be a value from 0 to 8
|
|
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB instance identifier. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must match the identifier of an existing Read Replica DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: mydbinstance
|
|
//
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
|
|
// backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block
|
|
// of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting
|
|
// the Preferred Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be at least 30 minutes.
|
|
PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PromoteReadReplicaInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PromoteReadReplicaInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *PromoteReadReplicaInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PromoteReadReplicaInput"}
|
|
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value.
|
|
func (s *PromoteReadReplicaInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *PromoteReadReplicaInput {
|
|
s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *PromoteReadReplicaInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *PromoteReadReplicaInput {
|
|
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value.
|
|
func (s *PromoteReadReplicaInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *PromoteReadReplicaInput {
|
|
s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PromoteReadReplicaResult
|
|
type PromoteReadReplicaOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
|
|
DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PromoteReadReplicaOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PromoteReadReplicaOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value.
|
|
func (s *PromoteReadReplicaOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *PromoteReadReplicaOutput {
|
|
s.DBInstance = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingMessage
|
|
type PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of instances to reserve.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 1
|
|
DBInstanceCount *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Customer-specified identifier to track this reservation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: myreservationID
|
|
ReservedDBInstanceId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Reserved DB instance offering to purchase.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 438012d3-4052-4cc7-b2e3-8d3372e0e706
|
|
//
|
|
// ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId is a required field
|
|
ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html).
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput"}
|
|
if s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceCount sets the DBInstanceCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) SetDBInstanceCount(v int64) *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput {
|
|
s.DBInstanceCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedDBInstanceId sets the ReservedDBInstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) SetReservedDBInstanceId(v string) *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput {
|
|
s.ReservedDBInstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId(v string) *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput {
|
|
s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResult
|
|
type PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstances
|
|
// and PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering actions.
|
|
ReservedDBInstance *ReservedDBInstance `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedDBInstance sets the ReservedDBInstance field's value.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput) SetReservedDBInstance(v *ReservedDBInstance) *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput {
|
|
s.ReservedDBInstance = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// A range of integer values.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/Range
|
|
type Range struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The minimum value in the range.
|
|
From *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The step value for the range. For example, if you have a range of 5,000 to
|
|
// 10,000, with a step value of 1,000, the valid values start at 5,000 and step
|
|
// up by 1,000. Even though 7,500 is within the range, it isn't a valid value
|
|
// for the range. The valid values are 5,000, 6,000, 7,000, 8,000...
|
|
Step *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum value in the range.
|
|
To *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Range) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Range) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFrom sets the From field's value.
|
|
func (s *Range) SetFrom(v int64) *Range {
|
|
s.From = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStep sets the Step field's value.
|
|
func (s *Range) SetStep(v int64) *Range {
|
|
s.Step = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTo sets the To field's value.
|
|
func (s *Range) SetTo(v int64) *Range {
|
|
s.To = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RebootDBInstanceMessage
|
|
type RebootDBInstanceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// When true, the reboot is conducted through a MultiAZ failover.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraint: You can't specify true if the instance is not configured for
|
|
// MultiAZ.
|
|
ForceFailover *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RebootDBInstanceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RebootDBInstanceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RebootDBInstanceInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RebootDBInstanceInput"}
|
|
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *RebootDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *RebootDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetForceFailover sets the ForceFailover field's value.
|
|
func (s *RebootDBInstanceInput) SetForceFailover(v bool) *RebootDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.ForceFailover = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RebootDBInstanceResult
|
|
type RebootDBInstanceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
|
|
DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RebootDBInstanceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RebootDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value.
|
|
func (s *RebootDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *RebootDBInstanceOutput {
|
|
s.DBInstance = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstances
|
|
// and DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings actions.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RecurringCharge
|
|
type RecurringCharge struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount of the recurring charge.
|
|
RecurringChargeAmount *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
|
|
// The frequency of the recurring charge.
|
|
RecurringChargeFrequency *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RecurringCharge) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RecurringCharge) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRecurringChargeAmount sets the RecurringChargeAmount field's value.
|
|
func (s *RecurringCharge) SetRecurringChargeAmount(v float64) *RecurringCharge {
|
|
s.RecurringChargeAmount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRecurringChargeFrequency sets the RecurringChargeFrequency field's value.
|
|
func (s *RecurringCharge) SetRecurringChargeFrequency(v string) *RecurringCharge {
|
|
s.RecurringChargeFrequency = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveRoleFromDBClusterMessage
|
|
type RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB cluster to disassociate the IAM role from.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to disassociate from the Aurora
|
|
// DB cluster, for example arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AuroraAccessRole.
|
|
//
|
|
// RoleArn is a required field
|
|
RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput"}
|
|
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RoleArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.RoleArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput
|
|
type RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionMessage
|
|
type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The source identifier to be removed from the subscription, such as the DB
|
|
// instance identifier for a DB instance or the name of a security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// SourceIdentifier is a required field
|
|
SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to remove a
|
|
// source identifier from.
|
|
//
|
|
// SubscriptionName is a required field
|
|
SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput"}
|
|
if s.SourceIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SubscriptionName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.SourceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.SubscriptionName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResult
|
|
type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions
|
|
// action.
|
|
EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value.
|
|
func (s *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput {
|
|
s.EventSubscription = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveTagsFromResourceMessage
|
|
type RemoveTagsFromResourceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon RDS resource that the tags are removed from. This value is an
|
|
// Amazon Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing
|
|
// an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing).
|
|
//
|
|
// ResourceName is a required field
|
|
ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The tag key (name) of the tag to be removed.
|
|
//
|
|
// TagKeys is a required field
|
|
TagKeys []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveTagsFromResourceInput"}
|
|
if s.ResourceName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TagKeys == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagKeys"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) SetResourceName(v string) *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput {
|
|
s.ResourceName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.
|
|
func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput {
|
|
s.TagKeys = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput
|
|
type RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstances
|
|
// and PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering actions.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ReservedDBInstance
|
|
type ReservedDBInstance struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The currency code for the reserved DB instance.
|
|
CurrencyCode *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB instance class for the reserved DB instance.
|
|
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of reserved DB instances.
|
|
DBInstanceCount *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The duration of the reservation in seconds.
|
|
Duration *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The fixed price charged for this reserved DB instance.
|
|
FixedPrice *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates if the reservation applies to Multi-AZ deployments.
|
|
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The offering type of this reserved DB instance.
|
|
OfferingType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the reserved DB instance.
|
|
ProductDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The recurring price charged to run this reserved DB instance.
|
|
RecurringCharges []*RecurringCharge `locationNameList:"RecurringCharge" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the reserved DB instance.
|
|
ReservedDBInstanceArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier for the reservation.
|
|
ReservedDBInstanceId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The offering identifier.
|
|
ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The time the reservation started.
|
|
StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The state of the reserved DB instance.
|
|
State *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The hourly price charged for this reserved DB instance.
|
|
UsagePrice *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservedDBInstance) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservedDBInstance) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *ReservedDBInstance {
|
|
s.CurrencyCode = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *ReservedDBInstance {
|
|
s.DBInstanceClass = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceCount sets the DBInstanceCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetDBInstanceCount(v int64) *ReservedDBInstance {
|
|
s.DBInstanceCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetDuration(v int64) *ReservedDBInstance {
|
|
s.Duration = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *ReservedDBInstance {
|
|
s.FixedPrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *ReservedDBInstance {
|
|
s.MultiAZ = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetOfferingType(v string) *ReservedDBInstance {
|
|
s.OfferingType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProductDescription sets the ProductDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetProductDescription(v string) *ReservedDBInstance {
|
|
s.ProductDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRecurringCharges sets the RecurringCharges field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetRecurringCharges(v []*RecurringCharge) *ReservedDBInstance {
|
|
s.RecurringCharges = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedDBInstanceArn sets the ReservedDBInstanceArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetReservedDBInstanceArn(v string) *ReservedDBInstance {
|
|
s.ReservedDBInstanceArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedDBInstanceId sets the ReservedDBInstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetReservedDBInstanceId(v string) *ReservedDBInstance {
|
|
s.ReservedDBInstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId(v string) *ReservedDBInstance {
|
|
s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *ReservedDBInstance {
|
|
s.StartTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetState(v string) *ReservedDBInstance {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *ReservedDBInstance {
|
|
s.UsagePrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings
|
|
// action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ReservedDBInstancesOffering
|
|
type ReservedDBInstancesOffering struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The currency code for the reserved DB instance offering.
|
|
CurrencyCode *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB instance class for the reserved DB instance.
|
|
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The duration of the offering in seconds.
|
|
Duration *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The fixed price charged for this offering.
|
|
FixedPrice *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates if the offering applies to Multi-AZ deployments.
|
|
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The offering type.
|
|
OfferingType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The database engine used by the offering.
|
|
ProductDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The recurring price charged to run this reserved DB instance.
|
|
RecurringCharges []*RecurringCharge `locationNameList:"RecurringCharge" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The offering identifier.
|
|
ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The hourly price charged for this offering.
|
|
UsagePrice *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservedDBInstancesOffering) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservedDBInstancesOffering) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering {
|
|
s.CurrencyCode = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering {
|
|
s.DBInstanceClass = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetDuration(v int64) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering {
|
|
s.Duration = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering {
|
|
s.FixedPrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering {
|
|
s.MultiAZ = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetOfferingType(v string) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering {
|
|
s.OfferingType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProductDescription sets the ProductDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetProductDescription(v string) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering {
|
|
s.ProductDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRecurringCharges sets the RecurringCharges field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetRecurringCharges(v []*RecurringCharge) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering {
|
|
s.RecurringCharges = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId(v string) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering {
|
|
s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering {
|
|
s.UsagePrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ResetDBClusterParameterGroupMessage
|
|
type ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to reset.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of parameter names in the DB cluster parameter group to reset to the
|
|
// default values. You can't use this parameter if the ResetAllParameters parameter
|
|
// is set to true.
|
|
Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that is set to true to reset all parameters in the DB cluster parameter
|
|
// group to their default values, and false otherwise. You can't use this parameter
|
|
// if there is a list of parameter names specified for the Parameters parameter.
|
|
ResetAllParameters *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.Parameters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResetAllParameters sets the ResetAllParameters field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetResetAllParameters(v bool) *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.ResetAllParameters = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ResetDBParameterGroupMessage
|
|
type ResetDBParameterGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must match the name of an existing DBParameterGroup.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBParameterGroupName is a required field
|
|
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// To reset the entire DB parameter group, specify the DBParameterGroup name
|
|
// and ResetAllParameters parameters. To reset specific parameters, provide
|
|
// a list of the following: ParameterName and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters
|
|
// can be modified in a single request.
|
|
//
|
|
// MySQL
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values (for Apply method): immediate | pending-reboot
|
|
//
|
|
// You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use
|
|
// the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters, and changes
|
|
// are applied when DB instance reboots.
|
|
//
|
|
// MariaDB
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values (for Apply method): immediate | pending-reboot
|
|
//
|
|
// You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use
|
|
// the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters, and changes
|
|
// are applied when DB instance reboots.
|
|
//
|
|
// Oracle
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values (for Apply method): pending-reboot
|
|
Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether (true) or not (false) to reset all parameters in the DB
|
|
// parameter group to default values.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: true
|
|
ResetAllParameters *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetDBParameterGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResetDBParameterGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *ResetDBParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.DBParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ResetDBParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.Parameters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResetAllParameters sets the ResetAllParameters field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) SetResetAllParameters(v bool) *ResetDBParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.ResetAllParameters = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the pending maintenance actions for a resource.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions
|
|
type ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list that provides details about the pending maintenance actions for the
|
|
// resource.
|
|
PendingMaintenanceActionDetails []*PendingMaintenanceAction `locationNameList:"PendingMaintenanceAction" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN of the resource that has pending maintenance actions.
|
|
ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPendingMaintenanceActionDetails sets the PendingMaintenanceActionDetails field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) SetPendingMaintenanceActionDetails(v []*PendingMaintenanceAction) *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions {
|
|
s.PendingMaintenanceActionDetails = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceIdentifier sets the ResourceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) SetResourceIdentifier(v string) *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions {
|
|
s.ResourceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromS3Message
|
|
type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the restored DB cluster
|
|
// can be created in.
|
|
AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of days for which automated backups of the restored DB cluster
|
|
// are retained. You must specify a minimum value of 1.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 1
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be a value from 1 to 35
|
|
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates that the restored DB cluster should be associated
|
|
// with the specified CharacterSet.
|
|
CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB cluster to create from the source data in the Amazon S3
|
|
// bucket. This parameter is isn't case-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: my-cluster1
|
|
//
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with the restored
|
|
// DB cluster. If this argument is omitted, default.aurora5.6 is used.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup.
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A DB subnet group to associate with the restored DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: mySubnetgroup
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The database name for the restored DB cluster.
|
|
DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts
|
|
// to database accounts, and otherwise false.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the database engine to be used for the restored DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: aurora, aurora-postgresql
|
|
//
|
|
// Engine is a required field
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The version number of the database engine to use.
|
|
//
|
|
// Aurora
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 5.6.10a
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption
|
|
// key. If you are creating a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns
|
|
// the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use
|
|
// the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key.
|
|
//
|
|
// If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true, and you do not specify a value
|
|
// for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption
|
|
// key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your
|
|
// AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The password for the master database user. This password can contain any
|
|
// printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@".
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
|
|
//
|
|
// MasterUserPassword is a required field
|
|
MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the master user for the restored DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
|
|
//
|
|
// MasterUsername is a required field
|
|
MasterUsername *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates that the restored DB cluster should be associated
|
|
// with the specified option group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Permanent options can't be removed from an option group. An option group
|
|
// can't be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster.
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port number on which the instances in the restored DB cluster accept
|
|
// connections.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 3306
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
|
|
// backups are enabled using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block
|
|
// of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting
|
|
// the Preferred Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be at least 30 minutes.
|
|
PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal
|
|
// Coordinated Time (UTC).
|
|
//
|
|
// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
|
|
//
|
|
// The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block
|
|
// of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see
|
|
// the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
|
|
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the Amazon S3 bucket that contains the data used to create the
|
|
// Amazon Aurora DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// S3BucketName is a required field
|
|
S3BucketName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS Identity and Access Management
|
|
// (IAM) role that authorizes Amazon RDS to access the Amazon S3 bucket on your
|
|
// behalf.
|
|
//
|
|
// S3IngestionRoleArn is a required field
|
|
S3IngestionRoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The prefix for all of the file names that contain the data used to create
|
|
// the Amazon Aurora DB cluster. If you do not specify a SourceS3Prefix value,
|
|
// then the Amazon Aurora DB cluster is created by using all of the files in
|
|
// the Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
S3Prefix *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier for the database engine that was backed up to create the files
|
|
// stored in the Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: mysql
|
|
//
|
|
// SourceEngine is a required field
|
|
SourceEngine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The version of the database that the backup files were created from.
|
|
//
|
|
// MySQL version 5.5 and 5.6 are supported.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 5.6.22
|
|
//
|
|
// SourceEngineVersion is a required field
|
|
SourceEngineVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether the restored DB cluster is encrypted.
|
|
StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html).
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with the restored DB cluster.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input"}
|
|
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Engine == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.MasterUserPassword == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MasterUserPassword"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.MasterUsername == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MasterUsername"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.S3BucketName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3BucketName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.S3IngestionRoleArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3IngestionRoleArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SourceEngine == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceEngine"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SourceEngineVersion == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceEngineVersion"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZones = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
|
|
s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
|
|
s.CharacterSetName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
|
|
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
|
|
s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetDatabaseName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
|
|
s.DatabaseName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
|
|
s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetEngine(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
|
|
s.Engine = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetEngineVersion(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
|
|
s.EngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
|
|
s.MasterUserPassword = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetMasterUsername(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
|
|
s.MasterUsername = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
|
|
s.OptionGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
|
|
s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
|
|
s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetS3BucketName sets the S3BucketName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetS3BucketName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
|
|
s.S3BucketName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetS3IngestionRoleArn sets the S3IngestionRoleArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetS3IngestionRoleArn(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
|
|
s.S3IngestionRoleArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetS3Prefix sets the S3Prefix field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetS3Prefix(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
|
|
s.S3Prefix = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceEngine sets the SourceEngine field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetSourceEngine(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
|
|
s.SourceEngine = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceEngineVersion sets the SourceEngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetSourceEngineVersion(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
|
|
s.SourceEngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
|
|
s.StorageEncrypted = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input {
|
|
s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromS3Result
|
|
type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action.
|
|
DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output {
|
|
s.DBCluster = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotMessage
|
|
type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the restored
|
|
// DB cluster can be created in.
|
|
AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB cluster to create from the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
// This parameter isn't case-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: my-snapshot-id
|
|
//
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB subnet group to use for the new DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: mySubnetgroup
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The database name for the restored DB cluster.
|
|
DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts
|
|
// to database accounts, and otherwise false.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The database engine to use for the new DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The same as source
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source
|
|
//
|
|
// Engine is a required field
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The version of the database engine to use for the new DB cluster.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster
|
|
// from a DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption
|
|
// key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns
|
|
// the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use
|
|
// the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following
|
|
// will occur:
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot in SnapshotIdentifier is encrypted,
|
|
// then the restored DB cluster is encrypted using the KMS key that was used
|
|
// to encrypt the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot in SnapshotIdentifier is not
|
|
// encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is not encrypted.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the option group to use for the restored DB cluster.
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port number on which the new DB cluster accepts connections.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The same port as the original DB cluster.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier for the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot to restore from.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can use either the name or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to specify
|
|
// a DB cluster snapshot. However, you can use only the ARN to specify a DB
|
|
// snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must match the identifier of an existing Snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// SnapshotIdentifier is a required field
|
|
SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The tags to be assigned to the restored DB cluster.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of VPC security groups that the new DB cluster will belong to.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput"}
|
|
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Engine == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZones = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.DatabaseName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetEngine(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.Engine = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.EngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.OptionGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.SnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResult
|
|
type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action.
|
|
DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput {
|
|
s.DBCluster = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeMessage
|
|
type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the new DB cluster to be created.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
//
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB subnet group name to use for the new DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: mySubnetgroup
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts
|
|
// to database accounts, and otherwise false.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster
|
|
// from an encrypted DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption
|
|
// key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns
|
|
// the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use
|
|
// the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can restore to a new DB cluster and encrypt the new DB cluster with a
|
|
// KMS key that is different than the KMS key used to encrypt the source DB
|
|
// cluster. The new DB cluster is encrypted with the KMS key identified by the
|
|
// KmsKeyId parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following
|
|
// will occur:
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the DB cluster is encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is encrypted
|
|
// using the KMS key that was used to encrypt the source DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the DB cluster is not encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is
|
|
// not encrypted.
|
|
//
|
|
// If DBClusterIdentifier refers to a DB cluster that is not encrypted, then
|
|
// the restore request is rejected.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the option group for the new DB cluster.
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port number on which the new DB cluster accepts connections.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The same port as the original DB cluster.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The date and time to restore the DB cluster to.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: Value must be a time in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) format
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be before the latest restorable time for the DB instance
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be specified if UseLatestRestorableTime parameter is not provided
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be specified if UseLatestRestorableTime parameter is true
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be specified if RestoreType parameter is copy-on-write
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 2015-03-07T23:45:00Z
|
|
RestoreToTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of restore to be performed. You can specify one of the following
|
|
// values:
|
|
//
|
|
// * full-copy - The new DB cluster is restored as a full copy of the source
|
|
// DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * copy-on-write - The new DB cluster is restored as a clone of the source
|
|
// DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: You can't specify copy-on-write if the engine version of the
|
|
// source DB cluster is earlier than 1.11.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you don't specify a RestoreType value, then the new DB cluster is restored
|
|
// as a full copy of the source DB cluster.
|
|
RestoreType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the source DB cluster from which to restore.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// SourceDBClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
SourceDBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html).
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that is set to true to restore the DB cluster to the latest restorable
|
|
// backup time, and false otherwise.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Cannot be specified if RestoreToTime parameter is provided.
|
|
UseLatestRestorableTime *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of VPC security groups that the new DB cluster belongs to.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput"}
|
|
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SourceDBClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.OptionGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRestoreToTime sets the RestoreToTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetRestoreToTime(v time.Time) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.RestoreToTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRestoreType sets the RestoreType field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetRestoreType(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.RestoreType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceDBClusterIdentifier sets the SourceDBClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetSourceDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.SourceDBClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUseLatestRestorableTime sets the UseLatestRestorableTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetUseLatestRestorableTime(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.UseLatestRestorableTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResult
|
|
type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action.
|
|
DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput {
|
|
s.DBCluster = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotMessage
|
|
type RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates that minor version upgrades are applied automatically to the DB
|
|
// instance during the maintenance window.
|
|
AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The EC2 Availability Zone that the DB instance is created in.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraint: You can't specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ
|
|
// parameter is set to true.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: us-east-1a
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// True to copy all tags from the restored DB instance to snapshots of the DB
|
|
// instance, and otherwise false. The default is false.
|
|
CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance, for example,
|
|
// db.m4.large. Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions,
|
|
// or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and
|
|
// availability for your engine, see DB Instance Class (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The same DBInstanceClass as the original DB instance.
|
|
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Name of the DB instance to create from the DB snapshot. This parameter isn't
|
|
// case-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 numbers, letters, or hyphens
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: my-snapshot-id
|
|
//
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The database name for the restored DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// This parameter doesn't apply to the MySQL, PostgreSQL, or MariaDB engines.
|
|
DBName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier for the DB snapshot to restore from.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must match the identifier of an existing DBSnapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If you are restoring from a shared manual DB snapshot, the DBSnapshotIdentifier
|
|
// must be the ARN of the shared DB snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB subnet group name to use for the new instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: mySubnetgroup
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specify the Active Directory Domain to restore the instance in.
|
|
Domain *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the
|
|
// Directory Service.
|
|
DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts
|
|
// to database accounts, and otherwise false.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines
|
|
//
|
|
// * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher
|
|
//
|
|
// * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher
|
|
//
|
|
// * Aurora 5.6 or higher.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The database engine to use for the new instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The same as source
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source. You can restore
|
|
// a MariaDB 10.1 DB instance from a MySQL 5.6 snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values:
|
|
//
|
|
// * aurora
|
|
//
|
|
// * aurora-postgresql
|
|
//
|
|
// * mariadb
|
|
//
|
|
// * mysql
|
|
//
|
|
// * oracle-ee
|
|
//
|
|
// * oracle-se2
|
|
//
|
|
// * oracle-se1
|
|
//
|
|
// * oracle-se
|
|
//
|
|
// * postgres
|
|
//
|
|
// * sqlserver-ee
|
|
//
|
|
// * sqlserver-se
|
|
//
|
|
// * sqlserver-ex
|
|
//
|
|
// * sqlserver-web
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the amount of provisioned IOPS for the DB instance, expressed in
|
|
// I/O operations per second. If this parameter is not specified, the IOPS value
|
|
// is taken from the backup. If this parameter is set to 0, the new instance
|
|
// is converted to a non-PIOPS instance. The conversion takes additional time,
|
|
// though your DB instance is available for connections before the conversion
|
|
// starts.
|
|
//
|
|
// The provisioned IOPS value must follow the requirements for your database
|
|
// engine. For more information, see Amazon RDS Provisioned IOPS Storage to
|
|
// Improve Performance (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Storage.html#USER_PIOPS).
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be an integer greater than 1000.
|
|
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// License model information for the restored DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Same as source.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license
|
|
LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraint: You can't specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ
|
|
// parameter is set to true.
|
|
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the option group to be used for the restored DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE,
|
|
// can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed
|
|
// from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port number on which the database accepts connections.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The same port as the original DB instance
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true
|
|
// specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name,
|
|
// which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal
|
|
// instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been
|
|
// requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Default VPC: true
|
|
//
|
|
// * VPC: false
|
|
//
|
|
// If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible
|
|
// value has not been set, the DB instance is publicly accessible. If a specific
|
|
// DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible
|
|
// value has not been set, the DB instance is private.
|
|
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified, otherwise standard
|
|
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html).
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption.
|
|
TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the
|
|
// device.
|
|
TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput"}
|
|
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.DBInstanceClass = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBName sets the DBName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDBName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.DBName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDomain(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.Domain = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetEngine(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.Engine = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIops sets the Iops field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetIops(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.Iops = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.LicenseModel = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.MultiAZ = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.OptionGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.PubliclyAccessible = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetStorageType(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.StorageType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.TdeCredentialArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTdeCredentialPassword sets the TdeCredentialPassword field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetTdeCredentialPassword(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.TdeCredentialPassword = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResult
|
|
type RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
|
|
DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput {
|
|
s.DBInstance = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Message
|
|
type RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount of storage (in gigabytes) to allocate initially for the DB instance.
|
|
// Follow the allocation rules specified in CreateDBInstance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Be sure to allocate enough memory for your new DB instance so that the restore
|
|
// operation can succeed. You can also allocate additional memory for future
|
|
// growth.
|
|
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// True to indicate that minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to
|
|
// the DB instance during the maintenance window, and otherwise false.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: true
|
|
AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone that the DB instance is created in. For information
|
|
// about AWS Regions and Availability Zones, see Regions and Availability Zones
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's AWS
|
|
// Region.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: us-east-1d
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraint: The AvailabilityZone parameter can't be specified if the MultiAZ
|
|
// parameter is set to true. The specified Availability Zone must be in the
|
|
// same AWS Region as the current endpoint.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of days for which automated backups are retained. Setting this
|
|
// parameter to a positive number enables backups. For more information, see
|
|
// CreateDBInstance.
|
|
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// True to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance,
|
|
// and otherwise false.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false.
|
|
CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, db.m4.large.
|
|
// Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or for all
|
|
// database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability
|
|
// for your engine, see DB Instance Class (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Importing from Amazon S3 is not supported on the db.t2.micro DB instance
|
|
// class.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBInstanceClass is a required field
|
|
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: mydbinstance
|
|
//
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. Follow
|
|
// the naming rules specified in CreateDBInstance.
|
|
DBName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance. If
|
|
// this argument is omitted, the default parameter group for the specified engine
|
|
// is used.
|
|
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of DB security groups to associate with this DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The default DB security group for the database engine.
|
|
DBSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A DB subnet group to associate with this DB instance.
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts
|
|
// to database accounts, and otherwise false.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// True to enable Performance Insights for the DB instance, and otherwise false.
|
|
EnablePerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the database engine to be used for this instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: mysql
|
|
//
|
|
// Engine is a required field
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The version number of the database engine to use. Choose the latest minor
|
|
// version of your database engine as specified in CreateDBInstance.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to allocate
|
|
// initially for the DB instance. For information about valid Iops values, see
|
|
// see Amazon RDS Provisioned IOPS Storage to Improve Performance (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Storage.html#USER_PIOPS).
|
|
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption
|
|
// key. If you are creating a DB instance with the same AWS account that owns
|
|
// the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB instance, then you can
|
|
// use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key.
|
|
//
|
|
// If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true, and you do not specify a value
|
|
// for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption
|
|
// key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your
|
|
// AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The license model for this DB instance. Use general-public-license.
|
|
LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The password for the master user. The password can include any printable
|
|
// ASCII character except "/", """, or "@".
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
|
|
MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name for the master user.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
|
|
MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics
|
|
// are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring
|
|
// metrics, specify 0.
|
|
//
|
|
// If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval
|
|
// to a value other than 0.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 0
|
|
MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics
|
|
// to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess.
|
|
// For information on creating a monitoring role, see Setting Up and Enabling
|
|
// Enhanced Monitoring (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling).
|
|
//
|
|
// If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply
|
|
// a MonitoringRoleArn value.
|
|
MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. If MultiAZ is
|
|
// set to true, you can't set the AvailabilityZone parameter.
|
|
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the option group to associate with this DB instance. If this
|
|
// argument is omitted, the default option group for the specified engine is
|
|
// used.
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The
|
|
// KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), the KMS key identifier, or
|
|
// the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key.
|
|
PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port number on which the database accepts connections.
|
|
//
|
|
// Type: Integer
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 1150-65535
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 3306
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The time range each day during which automated backups are created if automated
|
|
// backups are enabled. For more information, see The Backup Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.html#USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.BackupWindow).
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be at least 30 minutes.
|
|
PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The time range each week during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal
|
|
// Coordinated Time (UTC). For more information, see Amazon RDS Maintenance
|
|
// Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#Concepts.DBMaintenance).
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be in the format ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must not conflict with the preferred backup window.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be at least 30 minutes.
|
|
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether the DB instance is publicly accessible or not. For more
|
|
// information, see CreateDBInstance.
|
|
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of your Amazon S3 bucket that contains your database backup file.
|
|
//
|
|
// S3BucketName is a required field
|
|
S3BucketName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// An AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role to allow Amazon RDS to access
|
|
// your Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// S3IngestionRoleArn is a required field
|
|
S3IngestionRoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The prefix of your Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
S3Prefix *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the engine of your source database.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: mysql
|
|
//
|
|
// SourceEngine is a required field
|
|
SourceEngine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The engine version of your source database.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 5.6
|
|
//
|
|
// SourceEngineVersion is a required field
|
|
SourceEngineVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether the new DB instance is encrypted or not.
|
|
StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified; otherwise standard
|
|
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags to associate with this DB instance. For more information,
|
|
// see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html).
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input"}
|
|
if s.DBInstanceClass == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceClass"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Engine == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.S3BucketName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3BucketName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.S3IngestionRoleArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3IngestionRoleArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SourceEngine == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceEngine"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SourceEngineVersion == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceEngineVersion"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.AllocatedStorage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.DBInstanceClass = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBName sets the DBName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetDBName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.DBName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.DBParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSecurityGroups sets the DBSecurityGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetDBSecurityGroups(v []*string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.DBSecurityGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnablePerformanceInsights sets the EnablePerformanceInsights field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetEnablePerformanceInsights(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.EnablePerformanceInsights = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetEngine(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.Engine = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetEngineVersion(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.EngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIops sets the Iops field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetIops(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.Iops = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetLicenseModel(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.LicenseModel = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.MasterUserPassword = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetMasterUsername(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.MasterUsername = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.MonitoringInterval = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.MultiAZ = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.OptionGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId sets the PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.PubliclyAccessible = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetS3BucketName sets the S3BucketName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetS3BucketName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.S3BucketName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetS3IngestionRoleArn sets the S3IngestionRoleArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetS3IngestionRoleArn(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.S3IngestionRoleArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetS3Prefix sets the S3Prefix field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetS3Prefix(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.S3Prefix = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceEngine sets the SourceEngine field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetSourceEngine(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.SourceEngine = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceEngineVersion sets the SourceEngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetSourceEngineVersion(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.SourceEngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.StorageEncrypted = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetStorageType(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.StorageType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input {
|
|
s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Result
|
|
type RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
|
|
DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output {
|
|
s.DBInstance = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeMessage
|
|
type RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates that minor version upgrades are applied automatically to the DB
|
|
// instance during the maintenance window.
|
|
AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The EC2 Availability Zone that the DB instance is created in.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraint: You can't specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ
|
|
// parameter is set to true.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: us-east-1a
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// True to copy all tags from the restored DB instance to snapshots of the DB
|
|
// instance, and otherwise false. The default is false.
|
|
CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance, for example,
|
|
// db.m4.large. Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions,
|
|
// or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and
|
|
// availability for your engine, see DB Instance Class (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The same DBInstanceClass as the original DB instance.
|
|
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The database name for the restored DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// This parameter is not used for the MySQL or MariaDB engines.
|
|
DBName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB subnet group name to use for the new instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: mySubnetgroup
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specify the Active Directory Domain to restore the instance in.
|
|
Domain *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the
|
|
// Directory Service.
|
|
DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts
|
|
// to database accounts, and otherwise false.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines
|
|
//
|
|
// * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher
|
|
//
|
|
// * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher
|
|
//
|
|
// * Aurora 5.6 or higher.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The database engine to use for the new instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The same as source
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values:
|
|
//
|
|
// * aurora
|
|
//
|
|
// * aurora-postgresql
|
|
//
|
|
// * mariadb
|
|
//
|
|
// * mysql
|
|
//
|
|
// * oracle-ee
|
|
//
|
|
// * oracle-se2
|
|
//
|
|
// * oracle-se1
|
|
//
|
|
// * oracle-se
|
|
//
|
|
// * postgres
|
|
//
|
|
// * sqlserver-ee
|
|
//
|
|
// * sqlserver-se
|
|
//
|
|
// * sqlserver-ex
|
|
//
|
|
// * sqlserver-web
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be
|
|
// initially allocated for the DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be an integer greater than 1000.
|
|
//
|
|
// SQL Server
|
|
//
|
|
// Setting the IOPS value for the SQL Server database engine is not supported.
|
|
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// License model information for the restored DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Same as source.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license
|
|
LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraint: You can't specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ
|
|
// parameter is set to true.
|
|
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the option group to be used for the restored DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE,
|
|
// can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed
|
|
// from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port number on which the database accepts connections.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The same port as the original DB instance.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true
|
|
// specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name,
|
|
// which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal
|
|
// instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been
|
|
// requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Default VPC:true
|
|
//
|
|
// * VPC:false
|
|
//
|
|
// If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible
|
|
// value has not been set, the DB instance is publicly accessible. If a specific
|
|
// DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible
|
|
// value has not been set, the DB instance is private.
|
|
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The date and time to restore from.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: Value must be a time in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) format
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be before the latest restorable time for the DB instance
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be specified if UseLatestRestorableTime parameter is true
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 2009-09-07T23:45:00Z
|
|
RestoreTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the source DB instance from which to restore.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance.
|
|
//
|
|
// SourceDBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
|
|
SourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified, otherwise standard
|
|
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html).
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the new DB instance to be created.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
//
|
|
// TargetDBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
|
|
TargetDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption.
|
|
TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the
|
|
// device.
|
|
TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether (true) or not (false) the DB instance is restored from
|
|
// the latest backup time.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Cannot be specified if RestoreTime parameter is provided.
|
|
UseLatestRestorableTime *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput"}
|
|
if s.SourceDBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBInstanceIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TargetDBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBInstanceIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.DBInstanceClass = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBName sets the DBName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDBName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.DBName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDomain(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.Domain = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetEngine(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.Engine = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIops sets the Iops field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetIops(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.Iops = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.LicenseModel = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.MultiAZ = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.OptionGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.PubliclyAccessible = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRestoreTime sets the RestoreTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetRestoreTime(v time.Time) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.RestoreTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceDBInstanceIdentifier sets the SourceDBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetSourceDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.SourceDBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetStorageType(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.StorageType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the TargetDBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetTargetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.TargetDBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.TdeCredentialArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTdeCredentialPassword sets the TdeCredentialPassword field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetTdeCredentialPassword(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.TdeCredentialPassword = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUseLatestRestorableTime sets the UseLatestRestorableTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetUseLatestRestorableTime(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.UseLatestRestorableTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResult
|
|
type RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
|
|
DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput {
|
|
s.DBInstance = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressMessage
|
|
type RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IP range to revoke access from. Must be a valid CIDR range. If CIDRIP
|
|
// is specified, EC2SecurityGroupName, EC2SecurityGroupId and EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId
|
|
// can't be provided.
|
|
CIDRIP *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB security group to revoke ingress from.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBSecurityGroupName is a required field
|
|
DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The id of the EC2 security group to revoke access from. For VPC DB security
|
|
// groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId
|
|
// and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided.
|
|
EC2SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the EC2 security group to revoke access from. For VPC DB security
|
|
// groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId
|
|
// and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided.
|
|
EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS Account Number of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in
|
|
// the EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The AWS Access Key ID is not an acceptable
|
|
// value. For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise,
|
|
// EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId
|
|
// must be provided.
|
|
EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput"}
|
|
if s.DBSecurityGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSecurityGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCIDRIP sets the CIDRIP field's value.
|
|
func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetCIDRIP(v string) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.CIDRIP = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEC2SecurityGroupId sets the EC2SecurityGroupId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupId(v string) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.EC2SecurityGroupId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEC2SecurityGroupName sets the EC2SecurityGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupName(v string) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.EC2SecurityGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId sets the EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId(v string) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResult
|
|
type RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups
|
|
// action.
|
|
DBSecurityGroup *DBSecurityGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSecurityGroup sets the DBSecurityGroup field's value.
|
|
func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) SetDBSecurityGroup(v *DBSecurityGroup) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput {
|
|
s.DBSecurityGroup = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains an AWS Region name as the result of a successful call to the DescribeSourceRegions
|
|
// action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/SourceRegion
|
|
type SourceRegion struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The endpoint for the source AWS Region endpoint.
|
|
Endpoint *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the source AWS Region.
|
|
RegionName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the source AWS Region.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SourceRegion) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SourceRegion) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value.
|
|
func (s *SourceRegion) SetEndpoint(v string) *SourceRegion {
|
|
s.Endpoint = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRegionName sets the RegionName field's value.
|
|
func (s *SourceRegion) SetRegionName(v string) *SourceRegion {
|
|
s.RegionName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *SourceRegion) SetStatus(v string) *SourceRegion {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartDBInstanceMessage
|
|
type StartDBInstanceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The user-supplied instance identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StartDBInstanceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StartDBInstanceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *StartDBInstanceInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartDBInstanceInput"}
|
|
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *StartDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *StartDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartDBInstanceResult
|
|
type StartDBInstanceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
|
|
DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StartDBInstanceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StartDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value.
|
|
func (s *StartDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *StartDBInstanceOutput {
|
|
s.DBInstance = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StopDBInstanceMessage
|
|
type StopDBInstanceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The user-supplied instance identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The user-supplied instance identifier of the DB Snapshot created immediately
|
|
// before the DB instance is stopped.
|
|
DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StopDBInstanceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StopDBInstanceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *StopDBInstanceInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopDBInstanceInput"}
|
|
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *StopDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *StopDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *StopDBInstanceInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *StopDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StopDBInstanceResult
|
|
type StopDBInstanceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
|
|
DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StopDBInstanceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StopDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value.
|
|
func (s *StopDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *StopDBInstanceOutput {
|
|
s.DBInstance = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups
|
|
// action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/Subnet
|
|
type Subnet struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains Availability Zone information.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as an element in the following data type:
|
|
//
|
|
// * OrderableDBInstanceOption
|
|
SubnetAvailabilityZone *AvailabilityZone `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the identifier of the subnet.
|
|
SubnetIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the status of the subnet.
|
|
SubnetStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Subnet) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Subnet) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetAvailabilityZone sets the SubnetAvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetAvailabilityZone(v *AvailabilityZone) *Subnet {
|
|
s.SubnetAvailabilityZone = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetIdentifier sets the SubnetIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetIdentifier(v string) *Subnet {
|
|
s.SubnetIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetStatus sets the SubnetStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetStatus(v string) *Subnet {
|
|
s.SubnetStatus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Metadata assigned to an Amazon RDS resource consisting of a key-value pair.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/Tag
|
|
type Tag struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A key is the required name of the tag. The string value can be from 1 to
|
|
// 128 Unicode characters in length and can't be prefixed with "aws:" or "rds:".
|
|
// The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, white-space,
|
|
// '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$").
|
|
Key *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A value is the optional value of the tag. The string value can be from 1
|
|
// to 256 Unicode characters in length and can't be prefixed with "aws:" or
|
|
// "rds:". The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits,
|
|
// white-space, '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$").
|
|
Value *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Tag) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Tag) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
|
|
func (s *Tag) SetKey(v string) *Tag {
|
|
s.Key = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
|
|
func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag {
|
|
s.Value = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// A time zone associated with a DBInstance or a DBSnapshot. This data type
|
|
// is an element in the response to the DescribeDBInstances, the DescribeDBSnapshots,
|
|
// and the DescribeDBEngineVersions actions.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/Timezone
|
|
type Timezone struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the time zone.
|
|
TimezoneName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Timezone) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Timezone) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTimezoneName sets the TimezoneName field's value.
|
|
func (s *Timezone) SetTimezoneName(v string) *Timezone {
|
|
s.TimezoneName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The version of the database engine that a DB instance can be upgraded to.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/UpgradeTarget
|
|
type UpgradeTarget struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates whether the target version is applied to any source
|
|
// DB instances that have AutoMinorVersionUpgrade set to true.
|
|
AutoUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The version of the database engine that a DB instance can be upgraded to.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the upgrade target database engine.
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The version number of the upgrade target database engine.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates whether a database engine is upgraded to a major version.
|
|
IsMajorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpgradeTarget) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpgradeTarget) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAutoUpgrade sets the AutoUpgrade field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetAutoUpgrade(v bool) *UpgradeTarget {
|
|
s.AutoUpgrade = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetDescription(v string) *UpgradeTarget {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetEngine(v string) *UpgradeTarget {
|
|
s.Engine = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetEngineVersion(v string) *UpgradeTarget {
|
|
s.EngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIsMajorVersionUpgrade sets the IsMajorVersionUpgrade field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetIsMajorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *UpgradeTarget {
|
|
s.IsMajorVersionUpgrade = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about valid modifications that you can make to your DB instance.
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful call to the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications
|
|
// action. You can use this information when you call ModifyDBInstance.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage
|
|
type ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Valid storage options for your DB instance.
|
|
Storage []*ValidStorageOptions `locationNameList:"ValidStorageOptions" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorage sets the Storage field's value.
|
|
func (s *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage) SetStorage(v []*ValidStorageOptions) *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage {
|
|
s.Storage = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about valid modifications that you can make to your DB instance.
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful call to the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications
|
|
// action.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ValidStorageOptions
|
|
type ValidStorageOptions struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The valid range of Provisioned IOPS to gigabytes of storage multiplier. For
|
|
// example, 3-10, which means that provisioned IOPS can be between 3 and 10
|
|
// times storage.
|
|
IopsToStorageRatio []*DoubleRange `locationNameList:"DoubleRange" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The valid range of provisioned IOPS. For example, 1000-20000.
|
|
ProvisionedIops []*Range `locationNameList:"Range" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The valid range of storage in gigabytes. For example, 100 to 6144.
|
|
StorageSize []*Range `locationNameList:"Range" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The valid storage types for your DB instance. For example, gp2, io1.
|
|
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ValidStorageOptions) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ValidStorageOptions) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIopsToStorageRatio sets the IopsToStorageRatio field's value.
|
|
func (s *ValidStorageOptions) SetIopsToStorageRatio(v []*DoubleRange) *ValidStorageOptions {
|
|
s.IopsToStorageRatio = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProvisionedIops sets the ProvisionedIops field's value.
|
|
func (s *ValidStorageOptions) SetProvisionedIops(v []*Range) *ValidStorageOptions {
|
|
s.ProvisionedIops = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorageSize sets the StorageSize field's value.
|
|
func (s *ValidStorageOptions) SetStorageSize(v []*Range) *ValidStorageOptions {
|
|
s.StorageSize = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ValidStorageOptions) SetStorageType(v string) *ValidStorageOptions {
|
|
s.StorageType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element for queries on VPC security
|
|
// group membership.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/VpcSecurityGroupMembership
|
|
type VpcSecurityGroupMembership struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the VPC security group.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the VPC security group.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpcSecurityGroupMembership) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpcSecurityGroupMembership) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcSecurityGroupMembership) SetStatus(v string) *VpcSecurityGroupMembership {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcSecurityGroupId sets the VpcSecurityGroupId field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcSecurityGroupMembership) SetVpcSecurityGroupId(v string) *VpcSecurityGroupMembership {
|
|
s.VpcSecurityGroupId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ApplyMethodImmediate is a ApplyMethod enum value
|
|
ApplyMethodImmediate = "immediate"
|
|
|
|
// ApplyMethodPendingReboot is a ApplyMethod enum value
|
|
ApplyMethodPendingReboot = "pending-reboot"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// SourceTypeDbInstance is a SourceType enum value
|
|
SourceTypeDbInstance = "db-instance"
|
|
|
|
// SourceTypeDbParameterGroup is a SourceType enum value
|
|
SourceTypeDbParameterGroup = "db-parameter-group"
|
|
|
|
// SourceTypeDbSecurityGroup is a SourceType enum value
|
|
SourceTypeDbSecurityGroup = "db-security-group"
|
|
|
|
// SourceTypeDbSnapshot is a SourceType enum value
|
|
SourceTypeDbSnapshot = "db-snapshot"
|
|
|
|
// SourceTypeDbCluster is a SourceType enum value
|
|
SourceTypeDbCluster = "db-cluster"
|
|
|
|
// SourceTypeDbClusterSnapshot is a SourceType enum value
|
|
SourceTypeDbClusterSnapshot = "db-cluster-snapshot"
|
|
)
|